TWI833752B - Polymers for use in electronic devices - Google Patents

Polymers for use in electronic devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI833752B
TWI833752B TW108115972A TW108115972A TWI833752B TW I833752 B TWI833752 B TW I833752B TW 108115972 A TW108115972 A TW 108115972A TW 108115972 A TW108115972 A TW 108115972A TW I833752 B TWI833752 B TW I833752B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
thermal conversion
conversion method
formula
diamine
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW108115972A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201946925A (en
Inventor
維亞切斯拉夫 V 戴夫
諾拉 莎賓那 拉杜
強納森 提摩西 德麥爾
際杰 倪
2世 約翰 羅素 康普頓
Original Assignee
美商杜邦股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 美商杜邦股份有限公司 filed Critical 美商杜邦股份有限公司
Publication of TW201946925A publication Critical patent/TW201946925A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI833752B publication Critical patent/TWI833752B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/36Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D207/402,5-Pyrrolidine-diones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C07D209/48Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/44Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles
    • C07D209/48Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide
    • C07D209/49Iso-indoles; Hydrogenated iso-indoles with oxygen atoms in positions 1 and 3, e.g. phthalimide and having in the molecule an acyl radical containing a saturated three-membered ring, e.g. chrysanthemumic acid esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08Bridged systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/10Spiro-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D491/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D491/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/147Ortho-condensed systems the condensed system containing one ring with oxygen as ring hetero atom and two rings with nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/12Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D495/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1003Preparatory processes
    • C08G73/1007Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1039Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors comprising halogen-containing substituents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1042Copolyimides derived from at least two different tetracarboxylic compounds or two different diamino compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1057Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain
    • C08G73/1064Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain containing sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1067Wholly aromatic polyimides, i.e. having both tetracarboxylic and diamino moieties aromatically bound
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1067Wholly aromatic polyimides, i.e. having both tetracarboxylic and diamino moieties aromatically bound
    • C08G73/1071Wholly aromatic polyimides containing oxygen in the form of ether bonds in the main chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08G73/1075Partially aromatic polyimides

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)

Abstract

There is disclosed an acid dianhydride having Formula IV. In Formula IV: Rd represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; Re represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1-20.

Description

用於電子裝置中的聚合物Polymers used in electronic devices

本揭露涉及新穎的聚合化合物。本揭露進一步涉及用於製備此類聚合化合物的方法以及具有至少一個包含該等材料的層的電子裝置。The present disclosure relates to novel polymeric compounds. The present disclosure further relates to methods for preparing such polymeric compounds and electronic devices having at least one layer comprising such materials.

用於電子應用的材料通常在其結構特性、光學特性、熱特性、電子特性和其他特性方面具有嚴格要求。隨著商業電子應用的數量不斷增加,所需特性的廣度和特異性要求對具有新的和/或改進的特性的材料的創新。聚醯亞胺代表廣泛用於各種電子應用中的一類聚合化合物。它們可以充當電子顯示裝置中的玻璃的柔性替代物,前提係它們具有合適的特性。該等材料可用作液晶顯示器(「LCD」)的部件,其中它們的適度電功率消耗、重量輕和層平整度係實際效用的關鍵特性。優先設置此類參數的電子顯示裝置中的其他使用包括裝置基板、濾光片的基板、覆蓋膜、觸控式螢幕面板等。Materials used in electronic applications often have stringent requirements regarding their structural properties, optical properties, thermal properties, electronic properties and other properties. As the number of commercial electronics applications continues to increase, the breadth and specificity of required properties require innovation in materials with new and/or improved properties. Polyimides represent a class of polymeric compounds widely used in a variety of electronic applications. They can serve as flexible alternatives to glass in electronic display devices, provided they have the right properties. These materials find use as components in liquid crystal displays ("LCDs"), where their modest electrical power consumption, light weight, and layer flatness are key properties for practical utility. Other uses in electronic display devices where setting such parameters are preferred include device substrates, optical filter substrates, cover films, touch screen panels, etc.

在具有有機發光二極體(「OLED」)的有機電子裝置的構建和操作中,許多該等部件也是重要的。由於高功率轉換效率和對廣泛範圍的最終用途的適用性,OLED對於許多顯示應用都很有前景。它們越來越多地用於手機、平板裝置、掌上型/膝上型電腦以及其他商業產品中。除了低功率消耗外,該等應用還要求具有高資訊含量、全色和快速視頻速率響應時間的顯示器。Many of these components are also important in the construction and operation of organic electronic devices with organic light-emitting diodes ("OLEDs"). OLEDs are promising for many display applications due to their high power conversion efficiency and suitability for a wide range of end uses. They are increasingly used in cell phones, tablet devices, handheld/laptop computers, and other business products. In addition to low power consumption, these applications require displays with high information content, full color, and fast video rate response times.

聚醯亞胺膜總體上具有充足的熱穩定性、高玻璃化轉變溫度、和機械韌性以便值得考慮此類用途。而且,當經受重複撓曲時,聚醯亞胺通常不會產生霧度,所以相對於其他透明基板像聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)和聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(PEN),在柔性顯示應用中它們經常是較佳的。Polyimide membranes generally have sufficient thermal stability, high glass transition temperature, and mechanical toughness to merit consideration for this type of use. Furthermore, polyimide generally does not develop haze when subjected to repeated flexing, so it is relatively less dense than other transparent substrates like polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN). ), they are often preferred in flexible display applications.

然而,由於優先考慮光學透明度,妨礙了傳統琥珀色的聚醯亞胺在一些顯示器應用如濾光片和觸控式螢幕面板中的使用。此外,聚醯亞胺通常是硬的、高度芳香族的材料;並且隨著形成膜/塗層,聚合物鏈趨向於在膜/塗層的平面內取向。這導致膜的平行方向與垂直方向的折射率差異(雙折射率),產生可能不利影響顯示性能的光延遲。如果在顯示器市場中尋找聚醯亞胺的附加用途,需要維持其希望特性而同時改善其光學透明度並降低琥珀色和導致光延遲的雙折射的解決方案。However, prioritizing optical transparency has prevented the use of traditional amber polyimides in some display applications such as optical filters and touch screen panels. Furthermore, polyimides are typically hard, highly aromatic materials; and as the film/coating forms, the polymer chains tend to orient in the plane of the film/coating. This results in a difference in refractive index between the parallel and perpendicular directions of the film (birefringence), creating light retardation that may adversely affect display performance. If additional uses for polyimide are to be found in the display market, solutions are needed that maintain its desired properties while improving its optical clarity and reducing amber coloration and birefringence causing light retardation.

因此對於適用於電子裝置的低色材料存在持續需求。There is therefore a continuing need for low-color materials suitable for electronic devices.

提供了用於聚醯亞胺的含醯亞胺的單體。Imide-containing monomers for polyimides are provided.

還提供了一種具有式I的二胺 其中: Ra 表示四羧酸組分殘基; Rb 表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。Also provided is a diamine of formula I wherein: R a represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R b represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

還提供了一種聚醯胺酸組成物,其係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其中該等二胺包含1-100 mol%的具有式I的二胺。Also provided is a polyamic acid composition, which is the reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, wherein the diamines comprise 1-100 mol% of the diamine having formula I.

還提供了一種具有式IV的酸二酐 其中: Rd 表示四羧酸組分殘基; Re 表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。Also provided is an acid dianhydride having formula IV wherein: R d represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R e represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

還提供了一種聚醯胺酸組成物,其係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其中該等四羧酸組分包含1-100 mol%的具有式IV的四羧酸二酐。Also provided is a polyamic acid composition, which is the reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, wherein the tetracarboxylic acid components comprise 1-100 mol% of a compound having formula IV Tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

還提供了一種組成物,其包含 (a) 上述聚醯胺酸和 (b) 至少一種高沸點非質子溶劑。Also provided is a composition comprising (a) the above-described polyamide and (b) at least one high boiling aprotic solvent.

還提供了一種由上述任一種聚醯胺酸的亞胺化得到的聚醯亞胺。Also provided is a polyimide obtained by imidization of any of the above-mentioned polyamide acids.

還提供了一種包含上述聚醯亞胺的聚醯亞胺膜。A polyimide film including the above polyimide is also provided.

還提供了一種或多種用於製備上述聚醯亞胺膜的方法。One or more methods for preparing the polyimide membranes described above are also provided.

還提供了一種電子裝置中玻璃的柔性替代物,其中玻璃的該柔性替代物係上述聚醯亞胺膜。A flexible substitute for glass in electronic devices is also provided, wherein the flexible substitute for glass is the above-mentioned polyimide film.

還提供了一種電子裝置,其具有至少一個包含上述聚醯亞胺膜的層。Also provided is an electronic device having at least one layer including the polyimide film described above.

還提供了一種有機電子裝置,如OLED,其中該有機電子裝置含有如本文揭露的玻璃的柔性替代物。Also provided is an organic electronic device, such as an OLED, wherein the organic electronic device contains a flexible replacement for glass as disclosed herein.

前述總體描述和下文詳細描述僅為示例性和說明性的,並不限制如所附申請專利範圍所限定的本發明。Both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not limiting of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.

許多方面和實施方式已在以上進行描述並且僅是示例性且非限制性的。在閱讀本說明書後,熟練的技術人員應理解在不背離本發明範圍的情況下其他方面和實施方式係可能的。Many aspects and embodiments have been described above and are illustrative and non-limiting only. After reading this specification, the skilled artisan will understand that other aspects and embodiments are possible without departing from the scope of the invention.

從以下詳細說明並且從申請專利範圍中,任何一個或多個實施方式的其他特徵和益處將是明顯的。詳細描述首先涉及術語的定義和闡明,然後是含醯亞胺的單體,具有式I的二胺,具有式IV的酸二酐,聚醯胺酸,聚醯亞胺,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法,電子裝置,和實例。 1. 術語的定義和闡明Other features and benefits of any one or more embodiments will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims. The detailed description relates first to the definition and clarification of terms and then to the amide-imine-containing monomers, diamines of formula I, acid dianhydrides of formula IV, polyamide acids, polyimides, used in the preparation of polyamides Imine membrane methods, electronic devices, and examples. 1. Definition and clarification of terms

在提出下述實施方式的詳情之前,定義或闡明一些術語。Before presenting the details of the embodiments described below, some terms are defined or clarified.

如在「術語的定義和闡明」中所使用的,R、Ra 、Rb 、R’、R’’和任何其他變數係通用名稱,並且可以與式中定義的那些相同或不同。As used in Definition and Clarification of Terms, R, R a , R b , R', R'' and any other variables are generic names and may or may not be the same as those defined in the formula.

術語「取向層」旨在係指液晶裝置(LCD)中的有機聚合物層,該層作為其在LCD製造過程期間在一個較佳的方向上摩擦到LCD玻璃上的結果而使分子最接近每個板對齊。The term "alignment layer" is intended to refer to the organic polymer layer in a liquid crystal device (LCD) that brings the molecules closest to each other as a result of its rubbing onto the LCD glass in a preferred direction during the LCD manufacturing process. Align the boards.

如在此使用的,術語「烷基」包括支鏈和直鏈的飽和脂肪族烴基。除非另外指明,否則該術語還旨在包括環狀基團。烷基的實例包括甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、異丁基、二級丁基、三級丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基、異己基等。術語「烷基」進一步包括取代和未取代的烴基二者。在一些實施方式中,烷基可以是單-、二-和三-取代的。取代的烷基的一個實例係三氟甲基。其他取代的烷基由在此所述的取代基中的一個或多個形成。在某些實施方式中,烷基具有1至20個碳原子。在其他實施方式中,該基團具有1至6個碳原子。該術語旨在包括雜烷基。雜烷基可以具有從1-20個碳原子。As used herein, the term "alkyl" includes branched and straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups. Unless otherwise specified, the term is also intended to include cyclic groups. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, secondary butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclopentyl Hexyl, isohexyl, etc. The term "alkyl" further includes both substituted and unsubstituted hydrocarbyl groups. In some embodiments, alkyl groups can be mono-, di-, and tri-substituted. An example of a substituted alkyl group is trifluoromethyl. Other substituted alkyl groups are formed from one or more of the substituents described herein. In certain embodiments, alkyl groups have 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, the group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The term is intended to include heteroalkyl. Heteroalkyl groups can have from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

術語「非質子」係指一類缺乏酸性氫原子且因此不能充當氫供體的溶劑。常見的非質子溶劑包括烷烴、四氯化碳(CCl4)、苯、二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)等。The term "aprotic" refers to a class of solvents that lack acidic hydrogen atoms and therefore cannot act as hydrogen donors. Common aprotic solvents include alkanes, carbon tetrachloride (CCl4), benzene, dimethylformamide (DMF), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), dimethylacetamide (DMAc )wait.

術語「芳香族化合物」旨在係指包含至少一個具有4n + 2非定域π電子的不飽和環狀基團的有機化合物。該術語旨在涵蓋芳香族化合物和雜芳香族化合物兩者,所述芳香族化合物僅具有碳和氫原子,所述雜芳香族化合物中的環狀基團內的一個或多個碳原子已被另一個原子如氮、氧、硫等替換。The term "aromatic compound" is intended to mean an organic compound containing at least one unsaturated cyclic group having 4n + 2 delocalized pi electrons. The term is intended to cover both aromatic compounds having only carbon and hydrogen atoms and heteroaromatic compounds in which one or more carbon atoms within a cyclic group have been replaced by Replaced by another atom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, etc.

術語「芳基(aryl)」或「芳基(aryl group)」係指藉由從芳香族化合物中去除一個或多個氫(「H」)或氘(「D」)所形成的部分。芳基可以是單個環(單環)或具有稠合在一起或共價連接的多個環(二環、或更多)。「烴芳基」在一個或多個芳環中僅具有碳原子。「雜芳基」在至少一個芳環中具有一個或多個雜原子。在一些實施方式中,烴芳基具有6至60個環碳原子;在一些實施方式中,6至30個環碳原子。在一些實施方式中,雜芳基具有從4-50個環碳原子;在一些實施方式中,4-30個環碳原子。The term "aryl" or "aryl group" refers to a moiety formed by the removal of one or more hydrogen ("H") or deuterium ("D") from an aromatic compound. An aryl group can be a single ring (monocyclic) or have multiple rings fused together or covalently linked (bicyclic, or more). "Hydrocarbyl" has only carbon atoms in one or more aromatic rings. "Heteroaryl" has one or more heteroatoms in at least one aromatic ring. In some embodiments, the hydrocarbyl group has 6 to 60 ring carbon atoms; in some embodiments, 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group has from 4-50 ring carbon atoms; in some embodiments, 4-30 ring carbon atoms.

術語「烷氧基」旨在係指基團-OR,其中R係烷基。The term "alkoxy" is intended to refer to the group -OR, where R is alkyl.

術語「芳氧基」旨在係指基團-OR,其中R係芳基。The term "aryloxy" is intended to refer to the group -OR, where R is aryl.

術語「烯丙基」旨在係指基團-CH2 -CH=CH2The term "allyl" is intended to refer to the group -CH2 -CH= CH2 .

術語「乙烯基」旨在係指基團-CH=CH2The term "vinyl" is intended to refer to the group -CH= CH2 .

除非另外指明,所有基團可以是取代的或未取代的。視需要取代的基團,如但不限於烷基或芳基,可以被一個或多個可以是相同或不同的取代基取代。合適的取代基包括烷基、芳基、硝基、氰基、-N(R’)(R”)、鹵素、羥基、羧基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、全氟烷基、全氟烷氧基、芳基烷基、矽基、矽烷氧基、矽氧烷、硫代烷氧基、-S(O)2 -、-C(=O)-N(R’)(R”)、(R’)(R”)N-烷基、(R’)(R”)N-烷氧基烷基、(R’)(R”)N-烷基芳氧基烷基、-S(O)s -芳基(其中s = 0-2)、或-S(O)s -雜芳基(其中s = 0-2)。每個R’和R”獨立地是視需要取代的烷基、環烷基或芳基。R’和R”,與它們所結合的氮原子一起,在某些實施方式中可以形成環系統。取代基還可以是交聯基團。Unless otherwise specified, all groups may be substituted or unsubstituted. Optionally substituted groups, such as, but not limited to, alkyl or aryl, may be substituted by one or more substituents, which may be the same or different. Suitable substituents include alkyl, aryl, nitro, cyano, -N(R')(R"), halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkoxy group, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, perfluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, arylalkyl, silyl, silyloxy, siloxane, thioalkoxy, - S(O) 2 -, -C(=O)-N(R')(R”), (R’)(R”)N-alkyl, (R’)(R”)N-alkoxy Alkyl, (R')(R”)N-alkylaryloxyalkyl, -S(O) s -aryl (where s = 0-2), or -S(O) s -heteroaryl (where s = 0-2). Each R' and R" is independently an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl group. R' and R", together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bonded, can form a ring system in certain embodiments. Substituents can also be cross-linking groups.

術語「胺」旨在係指含有具有孤對電子的鹼性氮原子的化合物。術語「胺基」係指官能基-NH2 、-NHR或-NR2 ,其中R在每次出現時相同或不同並且可以是烷基或芳基。術語「二胺」旨在係指含有具有締合的孤對電子的兩個鹼性氮原子的化合物。術語「芳香族二胺」旨在係指具有兩個胺基的芳香族化合物。術語「彎曲二胺(bent diamine)」旨在係指這樣的二胺,其中兩個鹼性氮原子和締合的孤對電子圍繞相應化合物或官能基的對稱中心不對稱地安置,例如間苯二胺: The term "amine" is intended to refer to compounds containing basic nitrogen atoms with lone pairs of electrons. The term "amine" refers to the functional group -NH2 , -NHR or -NR2 , where R is the same or different on each occurrence and can be alkyl or aryl. The term "diamine" is intended to refer to compounds containing two basic nitrogen atoms with associated lone pairs of electrons. The term "aromatic diamine" is intended to refer to aromatic compounds having two amine groups. The term "bent diamine" is intended to refer to diamines in which the two basic nitrogen atoms and the associated lone pair of electrons are arranged asymmetrically around the center of symmetry of the corresponding compound or functional group, e.g. m-phenylene Diamine:

術語「芳香族二胺殘基」旨在係指與芳香族二胺中的兩個胺基鍵合的部分。術語「芳香族二異氰酸酯殘基」旨在係指與芳香族二異氰酸酯化合物中的兩個異氰酸酯基團鍵合的部分。這在下文進一步說明。 The term "aromatic diamine residue" is intended to refer to the moiety bonded to two amine groups in the aromatic diamine. The term "aromatic diisocyanate residue" is intended to mean a moiety bonded to two isocyanate groups in an aromatic diisocyanate compound. This is explained further below.

術語「b*」旨在係指CIELab顏色空間中代表黃色/藍色對立顏色的b*軸線。黃色由正b*值表示,並且藍色由負b*值表示。測量的b*值可能受溶劑影響,特別是因為溶劑選擇可以影響在暴露於高溫加工條件的材料上測量的顏色。這可以作為溶劑的固有特性和/或與各種溶劑中含有的低水平雜質相關的特性的結果而出現。通常預先選擇特定溶劑以實現特定應用所希望的b*值。The term "b*" is intended to refer to the b* axis in CIELab color space that represents the yellow/blue opposition. Yellow is represented by positive b* values, and blue is represented by negative b* values. The measured b* value can be affected by the solvent, especially since solvent selection can affect the color measured on materials exposed to high temperature processing conditions. This can occur as a result of inherent properties of the solvent and/or properties associated with the low levels of impurities contained in various solvents. Specific solvents are often pre-selected to achieve the desired b* value for a specific application.

術語「雙折射率」旨在係指聚合物膜或塗層中在不同方向上的折射率的差異。該術語通常是指x軸或y軸(平面內)與z軸(平面外)折射率之間的差異。The term "birefringence" is intended to refer to the difference in refractive index in different directions in a polymer film or coating. The term usually refers to the difference between the x- or y-axis (in-plane) and the z-axis (out-of-plane) refractive index.

當涉及層、材料、構件、或結構時,術語「電荷傳輸」旨在係指此類層、材料、構件、或結構促進此類電荷以相對效率和小的電荷損失穿過此類層、材料、構件、或結構的厚度的遷移。電洞傳輸材料有利於正電荷;電子傳輸材料有利於負電荷。雖然發光材料也可以具有一些電荷傳輸特性,但是術語「電荷傳輸層、材料、構件、或結構」不旨在包括其主要功能係發光的層、材料、構件、或結構。When referring to a layer, material, component, or structure, the term "charge transport" is intended to mean that such layer, material, component, or structure facilitates the movement of such charges across such layer, material, with relative efficiency and little charge loss. Migration in the thickness of a , member, or structure. Hole transport materials favor positive charges; electron transport materials favor negative charges. Although luminescent materials may also have some charge transport properties, the term "charge transport layer, material, component, or structure" is not intended to include layers, materials, components, or structures whose primary function is to emit light.

術語「化合物」旨在係指由分子組成的不帶電物質,所述分子進一步包括原子,其中原子不能藉由不破壞化學鍵的物理手段與其對應的分子分離。該術語旨在包括低聚物和聚合物。The term "compound" is intended to mean an uncharged substance composed of molecules further including atoms, wherein the atoms cannot be separated from their corresponding molecules by physical means without breaking chemical bonds. The term is intended to include oligomers and polymers.

術語「線性熱膨脹係數(CTE或α)」旨在係指定義材料隨溫度膨脹或收縮的量的參數。它被表示為每攝氏度的長度變化,並且通常以µm/m/℃或ppm/℃的單位表示。 α = (ΔL/L0 )/ΔTThe term "coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CTE or α)" is intended to refer to a parameter that defines the amount by which a material expands or contracts with temperature. It is expressed as change in length per degree Celsius and is usually expressed in units of µm/m/°C or ppm/°C. α = (ΔL/L 0 )/ΔT

本文揭露的測量的CTE值係在第一次或第二次加熱掃描期間經由已知方法產生的。對材料的相對膨脹/收縮特徵的理解可以是電子裝置的製造和/或可靠性的重要考慮因素。The measured CTE values disclosed herein were generated during the first or second heating scan via known methods. Understanding the relative expansion/contraction characteristics of materials can be an important consideration in the manufacturing and/or reliability of electronic devices.

術語「摻雜劑」旨在係指包括主體材料的層內的材料,與在沒有這種材料的情況下該層的輻射發射、接收、或過濾的一種或多種電子特性或一種或多種波長相比,該材料改變該層的輻射發射、接收、或過濾的一種或多種電子特性或一種或多種目標波長。The term "dopant" is intended to mean a material within a layer including a host material that is similar to one or more electronic properties or one or more wavelengths of radiation that would be emitted, received, or filtered by that layer in the absence of such material. The material alters one or more electronic properties or one or more target wavelengths of radiation emission, reception, or filtering of the layer.

當涉及層或材料時,術語「電活性」旨在表示電子地促進裝置的運行的層或材料。電活性材料的實例包括但不限於傳導、注入、傳輸或阻斷電荷的材料,其中電荷可為電子或電洞,或者在接收輻射時發射輻射或表現出電子-電洞對濃度變化的材料。非活性材料的實例包括但不限於平面化材料、絕緣材料和環境阻擋材料。The term "electroactive" when referring to a layer or material is intended to mean a layer or material that electronically facilitates the operation of a device. Examples of electroactive materials include, but are not limited to, materials that conduct, inject, transport, or block charges, where the charges may be electrons or holes, or materials that emit radiation or exhibit changes in concentration of electron-hole pairs when receiving radiation. Examples of inactive materials include, but are not limited to, planarizing materials, insulating materials, and environmental barrier materials.

術語「拉伸伸長率」或「拉伸應變」旨在係指材料在施加的拉伸應力下破裂之前在材料中發生的長度的百分比增加。它可以藉由例如ASTM方法D882進行測量。The term "tensile elongation" or "tensile strain" is intended to mean the percentage increase in length that occurs in a material before it ruptures under an applied tensile stress. It can be measured by, for example, ASTM method D882.

前綴「氟代」旨在表示基團中的一個或多個氫已經被氟替換。The prefix "fluoro" is intended to indicate that one or more hydrogens in the group have been replaced by fluorine.

術語「玻璃化轉變溫度(或Tg )」旨在係指在無定形聚合物中或半結晶聚合物的非晶區域中發生可逆變化時的溫度,其中材料突然從硬、玻璃質或脆性狀態變成柔性或彈性的狀態。在顯微鏡下,當正常捲繞的靜止聚合物鏈變得自由旋轉並可以相互移過時發生玻璃化轉變。可以使用差示掃描量熱法(DSC)、熱機械分析(TMA)或動態機械分析(DMA)或其他方法來測量TgThe term "glass transition temperature (or T g )" is intended to mean the temperature at which a reversible change occurs in an amorphous polymer or in the amorphous region of a semi-crystalline polymer, where the material suddenly changes from a hard, glassy, or brittle state Become flexible or elastic. Under a microscope, the glass transition occurs when normally coiled, stationary polymer chains become free to rotate and can move past each other. T g can be measured using differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), thermomechanical analysis (TMA) or dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) or other methods.

前綴「雜」表示一個或多個碳原子已經被一種不同原子替換。在一些實施方式中,雜原子為O、N、S、或它們的組合。The prefix "hetero" indicates that one or more carbon atoms have been replaced by a different atom. In some embodiments, heteroatoms are O, N, S, or combinations thereof.

術語「高沸點」旨在表示高於130℃的沸點。The term "high boiling point" is intended to mean a boiling point above 130°C.

術語「主體材料」旨在係指向其中添加摻雜劑的材料。主體材料可以或可以不具有發射、接收、或過濾輻射的一種或多種電子特性或能力。在一些實施方式中,主體材料以較高的濃度存在。The term "host material" is intended to refer to the material to which dopants are added. The host material may or may not have one or more electronic properties or abilities to emit, receive, or filter radiation. In some embodiments, the host material is present in a higher concentration.

術語「等溫失重」旨在係指與其熱穩定性直接相關的材料特性。它通常經由熱重分析(TGA)在感興趣的恒定溫度下進行測量。具有高熱穩定性的材料通常在所要求的使用或加工溫度下在所希望的時間段內表現出非常低的等溫失重百分比,並且因此可以用於在該等溫度下的應用而無顯著強度損失、脫氣和/或結構變化。The term "isothermal weight loss" is intended to refer to a material property directly related to its thermal stability. It is usually measured via thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) at a constant temperature of interest. Materials with high thermal stability generally exhibit very low percent isothermal weight loss over a desired period of time at the required use or processing temperatures, and can therefore be used in applications at such temperatures without significant loss of strength. , degassing and/or structural changes.

術語「液體組成物」旨在係指材料溶解在其中以形成溶液的液體介質、材料分散在其中以形成分散體的液體介質、或材料懸浮在其中以形成懸浮液或乳液的液體介質。The term "liquid composition" is intended to mean a liquid medium in which a material is dissolved to form a solution, a liquid medium in which a material is dispersed to form a dispersion, or a liquid medium in which a material is suspended to form a suspension or emulsion.

術語「基體」旨在係指在例如電子裝置的形成中一個或多個層沈積在其上的基礎。非限制性實例包括玻璃、矽等。The term "substrate" is intended to refer to the base upon which one or more layers are deposited, for example, in the formation of an electronic device. Non-limiting examples include glass, silicon, and the like.

術語「1% TGA失重」旨在係指1%的原始聚合物重量由於分解而損失(不包括吸收的水)時的溫度。The term "1% TGA weight loss" is intended to refer to the temperature at which 1% of the original polymer weight is lost due to decomposition (excluding absorbed water).

術語「光延遲(或RTH )」旨在係指平均平面內折射率與平面外折射率之間的差異(即,雙折射率),然後將該差異乘以膜或塗層的厚度。典型地對於給定頻率的光測量光延遲,並且以奈米報告單位。光延遲可以藉由Metricon或Axoscan進行測量。The term "optical retardation (or R TH )" is intended to refer to the difference between the average in-plane refractive index and the out-of-plane refractive index (i.e., birefringence), which is then multiplied by the thickness of the film or coating. Optical retardation is typically measured for a given frequency of light and is reported in nanometers. Optical delay can be measured with Metricon or Axoscan.

術語「有機電子裝置」或有時「電子裝置」在此旨在係指包括一個/種或多個/種有機半導體層或材料的裝置。The term "organic electronic device" or sometimes "electronic device" is intended herein to refer to a device including one or more organic semiconductor layers or materials.

術語「顆粒含量」旨在係指存在於溶液中的不溶性顆粒的數量或計數。顆粒含量的測量可以在溶液本身上或在由那些膜製備的成品材料(片、膜等)上進行。可以使用各種光學方法來評估這種特性。The term "particle content" is intended to refer to the number or count of insoluble particles present in a solution. Measurements of particle content can be made on the solution itself or on the finished material (sheets, films, etc.) prepared from those membranes. Various optical methods can be used to evaluate this property.

術語「光活性」係指當藉由所施加的電壓激活時發射光(如在發光二極體或化學電池中)、在吸收光子之後發射光(如在下變頻磷光體裝置中)、或者響應於輻射能並且在或不在所施加的偏壓下生成信號(如在光電檢測器或光伏電池中)的材料或層。The term "photoactive" means emitting light when activated by an applied voltage (as in a light-emitting diode or chemical cell), emitting light after absorbing photons (as in a down-converting phosphor device), or in response to A material or layer that radiates energy and generates a signal with or without an applied bias voltage (as in a photodetector or photovoltaic cell).

術語「聚醯胺酸溶液」係指含有具有分子內環化能力以形成醯亞胺基團的醯胺酸單元的聚合物的溶液。The term "polyamide solution" refers to a solution of a polymer containing amide units that have the ability to intramolecular cyclize to form amide imine groups.

術語「聚醯亞胺」係指由一種或多種雙官能羧酸組分與一種或多種一級二胺或二異氰酸酯反應得到的縮合物。它們沿著聚合物骨架的主鏈含有醯亞胺結構-CO-NR-CO-作為線性或雜環單元。The term "polyimide" refers to the condensate obtained by reacting one or more bifunctional carboxylic acid components with one or more primary diamines or diisocyanates. They contain the imine structure -CO-NR-CO- as linear or heterocyclic units along the main chain of the polymer backbone.

當關於材料特性或特徵時,術語「令人滿意的」旨在係指該特性或特徵滿足使用中材料的所有要求/需求。例如,在本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜的背景下,在氮氣中在350℃下3小時小於1%的等溫失重可視為「令人滿意」的特性的非限制性實例。The term "satisfactory" when referring to a material property or characteristic is intended to mean that the property or characteristic satisfies all requirements/needs of the material in use. For example, in the context of the polyimide films disclosed herein, an isothermal weight loss of less than 1% at 350°C for 3 hours in nitrogen may be considered a non-limiting example of a "satisfactory" property.

術語「軟烘」旨在係指在電子製造中通常使用的製程,其中旋塗的材料被加熱以驅除溶劑並固化膜。軟烘通常在在90℃與110℃之間的溫度下在熱板上或在排氣烘箱中進行,以作為隨後對塗布層或膜進行熱處理的製備步驟。The term "soft bake" is intended to refer to a process commonly used in electronics manufacturing in which the spin-coated material is heated to drive off the solvent and cure the film. Soft baking is usually performed on a hot plate or in an exhaust oven at a temperature between 90°C and 110°C as a preparation step for subsequent heat treatment of the coating layer or film.

術語「基板」係指可以是剛性或柔性並且可以包括一種或多種材料的一個或多個層的基底材料,該等材料可以包括但不限於玻璃、聚合物、金屬或陶瓷材料或其組合。 該基板可以或可以不包括電子部件、電路或導電構件。The term "substrate" refers to a base material that may be rigid or flexible and may include one or more layers of one or more materials, which may include, but are not limited to, glass, polymers, metallic or ceramic materials, or combinations thereof. The substrate may or may not include electronic components, circuitry, or conductive members.

術語「矽氧烷」係指基團R3 SiOR2 Si-,其中R在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是H、C1-20烷基、氟代烷基、或芳基。在一些實施方式中,R烷基中的一個或多個碳被Si替換。The term "siloxane" refers to the group R3SiOR2Si- , where R on each occurrence is the same or different and is H, C1-20 alkyl, fluoroalkyl, or aryl. In some embodiments, one or more carbons in the R alkyl group are replaced with Si.

術語「矽烷氧基」係指基團R3 SiO-,其中R在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是H、C1-20烷基、氟代烷基、或芳基。The term "silyloxy" refers to the group R3SiO- , where R on each occurrence is the same or different and is H, C1-20 alkyl, fluoroalkyl, or aryl.

術語「矽基」係指基團R3 Si-,其中R在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是H、C1-20烷基、氟代烷基、或芳基。在一些實施方式中,R烷基中的一個或多個碳被Si替換。The term "silyl" refers to the group R3Si- , where R on each occurrence is the same or different and is H, C1-20 alkyl, fluoroalkyl, or aryl. In some embodiments, one or more carbons in the R alkyl group are replaced with Si.

術語「旋塗」旨在係指用於將均勻薄膜沈積到平坦基板上的製程。一般來說,將少量塗布材料施用在基板的中心上,該基板以低速旋轉或者根本不旋轉。該基板然後以規定速度旋轉,以便藉由離心力均勻地鋪展塗布材料。The term "spin coating" is intended to refer to a process used to deposit a uniform thin film onto a flat substrate. Generally, a small amount of coating material is applied to the center of the substrate, which is rotated at a low speed or not at all. The substrate is then rotated at a prescribed speed to evenly spread the coating material by centrifugal force.

術語「雷射粒子計數器測試」係指用於評估聚醯胺酸和其他聚合物溶液的顆粒含量的方法,由此將測試溶液的代表性樣品旋塗到5」矽晶圓上並進行軟烘/乾燥。藉由任何數量的標準測量技術評價由此製備的膜的顆粒含量。此類技術包括雷射粒子檢測和本領域中已知的其他技術。The term "laser particle counter test" refers to a method used to evaluate the particle content of polyamide and other polymer solutions whereby a representative sample of the test solution is spin-coated onto a 5" silicon wafer and soft-baked. /dry. The membranes thus prepared are evaluated for particle content by any number of standard measurement techniques. Such techniques include laser particle detection and other techniques known in the art.

術語「拉伸模量」旨在係指固體材料的剛度的度量,其定義材料如膜中的應力(單位面積的力)與應變(比例變形)之間的初始關係。通常使用的單位係吉帕斯卡(GPa)。The term "tensile modulus" is intended to refer to a measure of the stiffness of a solid material that defines the initial relationship between stress (force per unit area) and strain (proportional deformation) in a material such as a membrane. The commonly used unit is the gigapascal (GPa).

術語「四羧酸組分」旨在係指以下中的任一種或多種:四羧酸、四羧酸單酐、四羧酸二酐、四羧酸單酯、和四羧酸二酯。The term "tetracarboxylic acid component" is intended to mean any one or more of: tetracarboxylic acid, tetracarboxylic acid monoanhydride, tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, tetracarboxylic acid monoester, and tetracarboxylic acid diester.

術語「四羧酸組分殘基」旨在係指與四羧酸組分中的四個羧基鍵合的部分。這在下文進一步說明。 The term "tetracarboxylic acid component residue" is intended to mean a moiety bonded to the four carboxyl groups in the tetracarboxylic acid component. This is explained further below.

術語「透射率」係指撞擊在膜上的穿過膜以便在另一側上可檢測的給定波長的光的百分比。在可見光區(380 nm至800 nm)中的光透射率測量對於表徵對於理解本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜的使用中特性最重要的膜顏色特徵特別有用。The term "transmittance" refers to the percentage of light of a given wavelength that strikes a film and passes through it so that it is detectable on the other side. Light transmittance measurements in the visible region (380 nm to 800 nm) are particularly useful for characterizing film color characteristics that are most important to understanding the in-service properties of the polyimide films disclosed herein.

術語「黃度指數(或YI)」係指相對於標準物的黃度的量級。YI的正值表示黃色的存在和量級。具有負YI的材料看起來係帶藍色的。特別是對於在高溫下運行的聚合和/或固化過程,還應指出,YI可以是溶劑依賴性的。例如,使用DMAC作為溶劑引入的顏色的量級可能不同於使用NMP作為溶劑引入的顏色的量級。這可以作為溶劑的固有特性和/或與各種溶劑中含有的低水平雜質相關的特性的結果而出現。通常預先選擇特定溶劑以實現特定應用所希望的YI值。The term "yellowness index (or YI)" refers to the magnitude of yellowness relative to a standard. Positive values of YI indicate the presence and magnitude of yellow. Materials with negative YI appear blue. Particularly for polymerization and/or curing processes operating at high temperatures, it should also be noted that YI can be solvent dependent. For example, the magnitude of color introduced using DMAC as the solvent may be different from the magnitude of color introduced using NMP as the solvent. This can occur as a result of inherent properties of the solvent and/or properties associated with the low levels of impurities contained in various solvents. Specific solvents are often pre-selected to achieve the desired YI value for a specific application.

在其中如下所示取代基鍵穿過一個或多個環的結構中, 這意味著取代基R可在一個或多個環上的任何可用位置處鍵合。In a structure in which a substituent bond passes through one or more rings as shown below, This means that the substituent R can be bonded at any available position on the ring or rings.

當用來指裝置中的層時,短語「鄰近的」不一定係指一層緊鄰著另一層。另一方面,短語「相鄰的R基團」用來指化學式中彼此緊鄰的R基團(即,藉由鍵結合的原子上的R基團)。以下示出示例性相鄰的R基團: When used to refer to layers in a device, the phrase "adjacent" does not necessarily mean that one layer is immediately adjacent to another layer. On the other hand, the phrase "adjacent R groups" is used to refer to R groups that are immediately adjacent to each other in a chemical formula (i.e., R groups on atoms that are bonded together). Exemplary adjacent R groups are shown below:

在本說明書中,除非由使用上下文另外明確指明或相反指示,其中在本發明主題的實施方式被陳述或描述為包含(comprising)、包括(including)、含有(containing)、具有某些特徵或要素、由某些特徵或要素組成或由某些特徵或要素構成時,除了明確陳述或描述的那些之外的一個或多個特徵或要素也可存在於該實施方式中。 所揭露的本發明主題的替代實施方式被描述為主要由某些特徵或要素組成,其中將實質性改變操作原理或實施方式的區別特徵的實施方式特徵或要素在此不存在。 所描述的本發明主題的另一個替代實施方式被描述為由某些特徵或要素組成,在該實施方式中或在其非本質變型中,僅存在所具體陳述或描述的特徵或要素。In this specification, unless otherwise expressly indicated otherwise or indicated to the contrary by the context of use, embodiments thereof are stated or described as comprising, including, containing, having certain features or elements. , consists of or consists of certain features or elements, one or more features or elements other than those expressly stated or described may also be present in the embodiment. Alternative embodiments of the disclosed inventive subject matter are described as consisting essentially of certain features or elements, wherein implementation features or elements that would materially alter the principles of operation or distinguishing features of the embodiments are not present herein. Another alternative embodiment of the inventive subject matter is described as consisting of certain features or elements, in which embodiment or in inessential variations thereof only those features or elements specifically stated or described are present.

此外,除非有相反的明確說明,否則「或」係指包含性的「或」,而不是指排他性的「或」。例如,條件A或者B藉由以下中的任一個滿足:A為真(或存在)且B為假(或不存在),A為假(或不存在)且B為真(或存在),以及A和B均為真(或存在)。Furthermore, unless expressly stated to the contrary, "or" shall mean an inclusive "or" and not an exclusive "or". For example, condition A or B is satisfied by any of the following: A is true (or exists) and B is false (or does not exist), A is false (or does not exist) and B is true (or exists), and Both A and B are true (or exist).

而且,使用「一個/一種(「a」或「an」)」來描述在此所描述的要素和組分。這樣做只是為了方便並給出本發明範圍的一般意義。該描述應被解讀為包括一個/種或至少一個/種,並且單數形式也包括複數形式,除非其明顯地另有所指。Furthermore, the term "a" or "an" is used to describe the elements and components described herein. This is done for convenience only and to give a general sense of the scope of the invention. The description should be read to include one or at least one, and the singular also includes the plural unless it is clearly stated otherwise.

對應於元素週期表內的列的族編號使用如在CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics [CRC化學與物理手冊],第81版(2000-2001)中所見的「New Notation [新命名法]」慣例。Group numbers corresponding to columns within the periodic table use the "New Notation" convention as found in the CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics , 81st Edition (2000-2001).

除非另有定義,否則本文所使用的所有技術和科學術語均具有與本發明所屬領域普通技術人員所通常理解的相同含義。儘管與本文所述的那些類似或等同的方法和材料可用於本發明實施方式的實踐或測試中,但在下面描述了合適的方法和材料。除非引用具體段落,否則本文提及的全部出版物、專利申請、專利以及其它參考文獻均藉由引用以其全文結合在此。在衝突的情況下,則以本說明書,包括定義為准。此外,材料、方法和實例僅為說明性的並且不旨在係限制性的。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of embodiments of the invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, unless a specific passage is cited. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.

在本文未描述的範圍內,有關特定材料、加工行為和電路的許多細節均係常規的並且可以在有機發光二極體顯示器、光電檢測器、光伏和半導體構件領域的教科書和其他來源中找到。 2. 含醯亞胺的單體To the extent not described herein, many details regarding specific materials, processing behavior, and circuits are conventional and can be found in textbooks and other sources in the fields of organic light-emitting diode displays, photodetectors, photovoltaics, and semiconductor components. 2. Monomers containing amide imine

低反應性、可加工性和控製聚合物結構的能力方面的困難阻礙了一些潛在有用類別的單體用於合成聚醯亞胺的應用。二酐單體和二胺單體都存在問題。一些具有低反應性的單體只能在苛刻的反應條件下聚合。此類條件可促進副反應的形成,這有害地影響最終聚醯亞胺膜的品質。光學和機械特性都可以降低。Difficulties with low reactivity, processability, and the ability to control polymer structure have hindered the use of some potentially useful classes of monomers for the synthesis of polyimides. Both dianhydride monomers and diamine monomers present problems. Some monomers with low reactivity can only polymerize under harsh reaction conditions. Such conditions can promote the formation of side reactions, which adversely affect the quality of the final polyimide film. Both optical and mechanical properties can be degraded.

已經發現,本文所述的含醯亞胺的單體可用於克服具有低反應性的單體的問題,以控製聚合物結構(如局部有序性和立構規整度),以便實現在較少數量的缺陷情況下的亞胺化用於具有改進的特性的聚醯亞胺。It has been found that the amide-containing monomers described herein can be used to overcome the problems of monomers with low reactivity to control polymer structure (such as local order and tacticity) in order to achieve less Imination in the presence of a number of defects is used for polyimides with improved properties.

在一些實施方式中,本文所述的含醯亞胺的單體可用於提供具有降低的應力的聚醯亞胺。In some embodiments, the imine-containing monomers described herein can be used to provide polyimides with reduced stress.

在一些實施方式中,將含有醯亞胺的單體與缺陷和副產物分離並且純化。因此,具有精確定義的低聚物結構的高度純化合物可用作單體。In some embodiments, the imine-containing monomers are separated from defects and by-products and purified. Therefore, highly pure compounds with precisely defined oligomer structures can be used as monomers.

在一些實施方式中,含醯亞胺的單體以形成的形式使用,並且是預醯亞胺化的化合物的混合物。In some embodiments, the imine-containing monomers are used in the form formed and are mixtures of pre-imidized compounds.

本文所述的含醯亞胺的單體係具有反應性端基的醯亞胺化核的化合物。The imine-containing monosystems described herein are compounds having a reactive end-group imidized core.

在一些實施方式中,含醯亞胺的單體係二胺,反應性端基係胺基,-NH2In some embodiments, the reactive terminal group of the imine-containing monosystem diamine is an amine group, -NH 2 .

在一些實施方式中,含醯亞胺的單體係二異氰酸酯,並且反應性端基係異氰酸酯基團-NCO。In some embodiments, the imine-containing monosystem diisocyanate and the reactive end group are isocyanate groups -NCO.

在一些實施方式中,含醯亞胺的單體係四羧酸二酐,並且反應性端基係酸酐。In some embodiments, the acyl imine-containing monosystem tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the reactive end group is an anhydride.

在一些實施方式中,醯亞胺化的核心含有兩個醯亞胺基團,下文稱為「二醯亞胺」。In some embodiments, the imidized core contains two imidized groups, hereafter referred to as "dimides."

在一些實施方式中,醯亞胺化的核係具有4-20個醯亞胺基團的聚醯亞胺低聚物。In some embodiments, the imidized core is a polyimide oligomer having 4 to 20 imidimine groups.

本文揭露了一種合成精確定義的含醯亞胺的聚合物的方法,所述聚合物由預醯亞胺化的(含醯亞胺的)單體獲得。這在下面描述為方案I和方案II。Disclosed herein is a method for the synthesis of precisely defined amide-imine-containing polymers obtained from pre-imidized (amide-imine-containing) monomers. This is described below as Scheme I and Scheme II.

在方案I中,第一步驟係用過量的第一二胺對第一二酐進行預亞胺化。可以分離並純化如此形成的預亞胺化二胺單體。預亞胺化二胺具有足夠的反應性,以在步驟2中與一種或多種附加的二酐(可以與第一二酐相同或不同)反應,以形成含醯亞胺的聚醯胺酸。儘管甚至以高莫耳比存在醯亞胺基團,這種含醯亞胺的聚合物係可溶的和可加工的。步驟3係最終醯亞胺化以使用常規亞胺化技術(如熱固化)形成聚醯亞胺聚合物。方案I的一個實施方式如下所示,其中第二二酐與第一二酐不同。 方案I:一個實施方式 In scheme I, the first step is to pre-imidize the first dianhydride with an excess of the first diamine. The preiminated diamine monomer so formed can be isolated and purified. The pre-imidized diamine is sufficiently reactive to react in step 2 with one or more additional dianhydrides (which may or may not be the same as the first dianhydride) to form an imine-containing polyamic acid. Despite the presence of imine groups even at high molar ratios, such imine-containing polymers are soluble and processable. Step 3 is the final imidization to form a polyimide polymer using conventional imidization techniques such as thermal curing. One embodiment of Scheme I is shown below, wherein the second dianhydride is different from the first dianhydride. Option I: An Implementation Mode

在上述方案中,Y表示來自第一四羧酸組分(二酐)的殘基,Z表示來自二胺的殘基,X1表示來自第二四羧酸組分(二酐)的殘基,n1表示1-20的整數,並且n表示大於50的整數。In the above scheme, Y represents a residue from the first tetracarboxylic acid component (dianhydride), Z represents a residue from a diamine, X1 represents a residue from the second tetracarboxylic acid component (dianhydride), n1 represents an integer from 1 to 20, and n represents an integer greater than 50.

在方案I的一些實施方式中,n1 = 1並且二胺具有單個亞胺化的核心。In some embodiments of Scheme I, n1 = 1 and the diamine has a single imidized core.

在方案I的一些實施方式中,n1 = 2-20,並且二胺具有低聚的亞胺化的核心。在一些實施方式中,n1 = 2-5;在一些實施方式中,6-10;在一些實施方式中,11-20。In some embodiments of Scheme I, n1 = 2-20, and the diamine has an oligomeric imidized core. In some embodiments, n1 = 2-5; in some embodiments, 6-10; in some embodiments, 11-20.

在方案II中,第一步驟係用過量的二酐對第一二胺進行預亞胺化。由此形成的預亞胺化二酐單體具有足夠的反應性,以在步驟2中與一種或多種附加的二胺(可以與第一二胺相同或不同)反應,以形成含醯亞胺的聚醯胺酸。儘管甚至以高莫耳比存在醯亞胺基團,這種含醯亞胺的聚合物係可溶的和可加工的。步驟3係最終醯亞胺化以使用常規亞胺化技術(如熱固化)形成聚醯亞胺聚合物。方案II的一個實施方式如下所示,其中第二二胺與第一二胺不同。 方案II:一個實施方式 In Scheme II, the first step involves pre-imidization of the first diamine with an excess of dianhydride. The preiminated dianhydride monomer thus formed is sufficiently reactive to react with one or more additional diamines (which may be the same as or different from the first diamine) in step 2 to form the amide-containing imine of polyamide. Despite the presence of imine groups even at high molar ratios, such imine-containing polymers are soluble and processable. Step 3 is the final imidization to form a polyimide polymer using conventional imidization techniques such as thermal curing. One embodiment of Scheme II is shown below, wherein the second diamine is different from the first diamine. Option II: An Implementation

在上述方案中,Y表示來自四羧酸組分(二酐)的殘基,Z表示來自第一二胺的殘基,X2表示來自第二二胺的殘基,n1表示從1-20的整數,並且n表示大於50的整數。In the above scheme, Y represents the residue from the tetracarboxylic acid component (dianhydride), Z represents the residue from the first diamine, X2 represents the residue from the second diamine, and n1 represents from 1-20 Integers, and n represents an integer greater than 50.

在方案II的一些實施方式中,n1 = 1並且二酐具有單個亞胺化的核心。In some embodiments of Scheme II, n1 = 1 and the dianhydride has a single imidized core.

在方案II的一些實施方式中,n1 = 2-20,並且二酐具有低聚的亞胺化的核心。在一些實施方式中,n1 = 2-5;在一些實施方式中,6-10;在一些實施方式中,11-20。In some embodiments of Scheme II, n1 = 2-20, and the dianhydride has an oligomeric imidized core. In some embodiments, n1 = 2-5; in some embodiments, 6-10; in some embodiments, 11-20.

可替代地,預亞胺化的單體可以原位使用而無需分離和表徵。這在下面描述為方案III和方案IV。Alternatively, pre-imidized monomers can be used in situ without isolation and characterization. This is described below as Scheme III and Scheme IV.

在方案III中,第一步驟係用大量過量的第一二胺對第一二酐進行預亞胺化。在步驟2中,使所得的預亞胺化的二胺和過量的第一二胺的混合物與一種或多種二酐和視需要的一種或多種附加的二胺反應。使用常規的亞胺化技術,在步驟3中將所得的含醯亞胺的聚醯胺酸亞胺化。In Scheme III, the first step involves pre-imidization of the first dianhydride with a large excess of the first diamine. In step 2, the resulting mixture of pre-imidized diamine and excess first diamine is reacted with one or more dianhydrides and optionally one or more additional diamines. The resulting amide imine-containing polyamide acid is imidized in step 3 using conventional imidization techniques.

在方案III中,步驟1中製備的預亞胺化的二胺具有如下所示的式 其中m1表示從1-20的整數。可以存在具有不同m1值的單體的混合物。在聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺中,m1在每次出現時可以是相同或不同的。在一些實施方式中,m1係2-5;在一些實施方式中,6-10;在一些實施方式中,11-20。Y表示來自第一四羧酸組分(二酐)的殘基,並且Z表示來自第一二胺的殘基。In Scheme III, the preimidated diamine prepared in step 1 has the formula shown below where m1 represents an integer from 1-20. Mixtures of monomers with different m1 values may exist. In polyamides and polyimides, m1 can be the same or different on each occurrence. In some embodiments, m1 is 2-5; in some embodiments, 6-10; in some embodiments, 11-20. Y represents a residue derived from the first tetracarboxylic acid component (dianhydride), and Z represents a residue derived from the first diamine.

在方案IV中,第一步驟係用大量過量的第一二酐預對第一二胺進行預亞胺化。在步驟2中,使所得的預亞胺化的二酐單體和過量的第一二酐的混合物與一種或多種二胺和視需要的一種或多種附加的二酐反應。使用常規的亞胺化技術,在步驟3中將所得的含醯亞胺的聚醯胺酸亞胺化。In Scheme IV, the first step involves pre-imidization of the first diamine with a large excess of the first dianhydride. In step 2, the resulting mixture of pre-imidized dianhydride monomer and excess first dianhydride is reacted with one or more diamines and optionally one or more additional dianhydrides. The resulting amide imine-containing polyamide acid is imidized in step 3 using conventional imidization techniques.

在方案IV中,步驟1中製備的預亞胺化的二酐具有如下所示的式 其中m1表示從1-20的整數。可以存在具有不同m1值的單體的混合物。在聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺中,m1在每次出現時可以是相同或不同的。在一些實施方式中,m1係2-5;在一些實施方式中,6-10;在一些實施方式中,11-20。Y表示來自第一四羧酸組分(二酐)的殘基,並且Z表示來自第一二胺的殘基。 3. 具有式I的二胺In Scheme IV, the pre-imidized dianhydride prepared in step 1 has the formula shown below where m1 represents an integer from 1-20. Mixtures of monomers with different m1 values may exist. In polyamides and polyimides, m1 can be the same or different on each occurrence. In some embodiments, m1 is 2-5; in some embodiments, 6-10; in some embodiments, 11-20. Y represents a residue derived from the first tetracarboxylic acid component (dianhydride), and Z represents a residue derived from the first diamine. 3. Diamines of formula I

本文所述的二胺具有式I 其中: Ra 表示四羧酸組分殘基; Rb 表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。The diamines described herein have formula I wherein: R a represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R b represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

在式I的一些實施方式中,m = 1。In some embodiments of Formula I, m = 1.

在式I的一些實施方式中,m = 2-20。In some embodiments of Formula I, m = 2-20.

在式I的一些實施方式中,m = 2-5。In some embodiments of Formula I, m = 2-5.

在式I的一些實施方式中,m = 6-10。In some embodiments of Formula I, m = 6-10.

在式I的一些實施方式中,m = 11-20。In some embodiments of Formula I, m = 11-20.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 係芳香族的。In some embodiments of Formula I, R a is aromatic.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 係脂肪族的;在一些實施方式中,脂環族的。In some embodiments of Formula I, R a is aliphatic; in some embodiments, cycloaliphatic.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 係多環的脂環族基團。In some embodiments of Formula I, R a is a polycyclic alicyclic group.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 係芳香族的;在一些實施方式中,多環芳香族的。In some embodiments of Formula I, R a is aromatic; in some embodiments, polycyclic aromatic.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 具有芳香族基團和脂環族基團。In some embodiments of Formula I, Ra has an aromatic group and an alicyclic group.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 表示四羧酸二酐的殘基。In some embodiments of Formula I, R represents a residue of tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 表示選自以下群組的四羧酸二酐的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)、4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐(ODPA)、4,4’-六氟異亞丙基雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(6FDA)、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四甲酸二酐(BTDA)、3,3’,4,4’-二苯碸四甲酸二酐(DSDA)、4,4’-雙酚-A二酐(BPADA)、氫醌二鄰苯二甲酸酐(HQDEA)、乙二醇雙(偏苯三酸酐)(TMEG-100)、4-(2,5-二側氧基四氫呋喃-3-基)-1,2,3,4-四氫萘-1,2-二甲酸酐(DTDA);4,4’-雙酚A二酐(BPADA);環丁烷-1,2,3,4-四甲酸二酐(CBDA);𠮿(口星)四甲酸二酐;等等。該等芳香族二酐可以視需要被本領域已知的基團取代,該等基團包括烷基、芳基、硝基、氰基、-N(R’)(R”)、鹵素、羥基、羧基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、氟代烷基,全氟烷基,氟代烷氧基、全氟烷氧基、芳基烷基、矽基、矽烷氧基、矽氧烷、硫代烷氧基、-S(O)2 -、-C(=O)-N(R’)(R”)、(R’)(R”)N-烷基、(R’)(R”)N-烷氧基烷基、(R’)(R”)N-烷基芳氧基烷基、-S(O)s -芳基(其中s = 0-2)或-S(O)s -雜芳基(其中s = 0-2)。 每個R’和R」獨立地是視需要取代的烷基、環烷基或芳基。R’和R”,與它們所結合的氮原子一起,在某些實施方式中可以形成環系統。取代基還可以是交聯基團。In some embodiments of Formula I, R represents a residue of a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of: pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3', 4,4'-Biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (ODPA), 4,4'-hexafluoroisopropylidenebisphthalic dianhydride (6FDA), 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride (BTDA), 3,3',4,4'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (DSDA), 4,4 '-Bisphenol-A dianhydride (BPADA), hydroquinone diphthalic anhydride (HQDEA), ethylene glycol bis(trimellitic anhydride) (TMEG-100), 4-(2,5-dilateral oxytetrahydrofuran- 3-yl)-1,2,3,4-tetralin-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride (DTDA); 4,4'-bisphenol A dianhydride (BPADA); cyclobutane-1,2, 3,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (CBDA); 𠮿 (oral star) tetracarboxylic dianhydride; etc. These aromatic dianhydrides may be optionally substituted by groups known in the art, including alkyl, aryl, nitro, cyano, -N(R')(R"), halogen, and hydroxyl. , carboxyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heteroaryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, fluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, fluoroalkoxy , perfluoroalkoxy, arylalkyl, silyl, silyloxy, siloxane, thioalkoxy, -S(O) 2 -, -C(=O)-N(R')( R”), (R’)(R”)N-alkyl, (R’)(R”)N-alkoxyalkyl, (R’)(R”)N-alkylaryloxyalkyl , -S(O) s -aryl (where s = 0-2) or -S(O) s -heteroaryl (where s = 0-2). Each R' and R'' are independently optional Substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl. R' and R", together with the nitrogen atoms to which they are bonded, can form a ring system in certain embodiments. Substituents can also be cross-linking groups.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 表示來自選自以下群組的四羧酸二酐的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:PMDA、BPDA、6FDA、BTDA和CBDA。In some embodiments of Formula I, R represents a residue from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of: PMDA, BPDA, 6FDA, BTDA, and CBDA.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 表示脂肪族四羧酸二酐或多環四羧酸二酐的殘基。In some embodiments of Formula I, R represents a residue of an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride or a polycyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Ra 選自由以下各項組成之群組:式A1至A36 其中: R1 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:烷基、氟代烷基和矽基,其中相鄰的R1 基團可以連接在一起形成雙鍵; R2 、R3 和R4 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基; R5 選自由以下各項組成之群組:H、鹵素、氰基、羥基、烷基、雜烷基、烷氧基、雜烷氧基、氟代烷基、矽基、烴芳基、取代的烴芳基、雜芳基、取代的雜芳基、乙烯基、和烯丙基; R6 選自由以下各項組成之群組:鹵素、氰基、羥基、烷基、雜烷基、烷氧基、雜烷氧基、氟代烷基、矽基、烴芳基、取代的烴芳基、雜芳基、取代的雜芳基、乙烯基、和烯丙基; R8 和R9 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:H、F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基; Q選自由以下各項組成之群組:CR8 R9 、SiR8 R9 、S、SR8 R9 、S=O、SO2 和C=O; a係從0-6的整數; b係從0-3的整數; c、d和e係相同或不同的,並且是從0-2的整數; f係從0-4的整數; z係從1-6的整數; z1係0-6的整數;並且 *表示附接點。In some embodiments of Formula I, R a is selected from the group consisting of: Formulas A1 to A36 where: R 1 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silyl, where adjacent R 1 groups may be linked together to form Double bond; R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are the same or different on each occurrence and are selected from the group consisting of: F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silyl; R 5 is selected from Group consisting of: H, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, fluoroalkyl, silyl, hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl , heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, vinyl, and allyl; R 6 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, cyano, hydroxyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, hetero Alkoxy, fluoroalkyl, silyl, hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, vinyl, and allyl; R 8 and R 9 on each occurrence are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silyl; Q is selected from the group consisting of: CR 8 R 9 , SiR 8 R 9 , S, SR 8 R 9 , S=O, SO 2 and C=O; a is an integer from 0-6; b is an integer from 0-3; c, d and e are the same or different, and is an integer from 0 to 2; f is an integer from 0 to 4; z is an integer from 1 to 6; z1 is an integer from 0 to 6; and * represents an attachment point.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 係脂肪族的;在一些實施方式中,脂環族的。In some embodiments of Formula I, R b is aliphatic; in some embodiments, cycloaliphatic.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 係多環脂肪族基團。In some embodiments of Formula I, R b is a polycyclic aliphatic group.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 係芳香族的;在一些實施方式中,多環芳香族的。In some embodiments of Formula I, R b is aromatic; in some embodiments, polycyclic aromatic.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 具有脂環族基團和芳香族基團。 在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 表示具有式D1的二胺的殘基 其中: R10 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:氟代烷基和氟代烷氧基; R11 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基; b在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是從0-3的整數; c在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是從0-2的整數;並且 y係從0-2的整數。In some embodiments of Formula I, R b has an alicyclic group and an aromatic group. In some embodiments of Formula I, R b represents a residue of a diamine of Formula D1 where: R 10 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: fluoroalkyl and fluoroalkoxy; R 11 is the same or different on each occurrence, and is selected from the group consisting of: F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, and silyl; b is the same or different on each occurrence and is an integer from 0 to 3; c is on each occurrence are the same or different and are integers from 0 to 2; and y is an integer from 0 to 2.

在式D1的一些實施方式中,R10 係C1-5 全氟烷基。In some embodiments of Formula D1, R 10 is C 1-5 perfluoroalkyl.

在式D1的一些實施方式中,y = 0。In some embodiments of Formula D1, y = 0.

在式D1的一些實施方式中,y = 1。In some embodiments of formula D1, y = 1.

在式D1的一些實施方式中,b = c = 0。In some embodiments of formula D1, b = c = 0.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 表示選自以下群組的芳香族二胺的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:對苯二胺(PPD)、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯(間聯甲苯胺)、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯(鄰聯甲苯胺)、3,3’-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯(HAB)、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀(FDA)、鄰聯甲苯胺碸(TSN)、2,3,5,6-四甲基-1,4-伸苯基二胺(TMPD)、2,4-二胺基-1,3,5-三甲苯(DAM)、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基聯苯胺(3355TMB)、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(22TFMB或TFMB)、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷(BAPP)、4,4’-亞甲基二苯胺(MDA)、4,4’-[1,3-伸苯基雙(1-甲基-亞乙基)]雙苯胺(Bis-M)、4,4’-[1,4-伸苯基雙(1-甲基-亞乙基)]雙苯胺(Bis-P)、4,4’-氧基二苯胺(4,4’-ODA)、間苯二胺(MPD)、3,4’-氧基二苯胺(3,4’-ODA)、3,3’-二胺基二苯碸(3,3’-DDS)、4,4’-二胺基二苯碸(4,4’-DDS)、4,4’-二胺基二苯基硫化物(ASD)、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-苯氧基)苯基]碸(BAPS)、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)-苯基]碸(m-BAPS)、1,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(TPE-Q)、1,3’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(TPE-R)、1,3’-雙(3-胺基-苯氧基)苯(APB-133)、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯(BAPB)、4,4’-二胺基苯甲醯苯胺(DABA)、亞甲基雙(鄰胺基苯甲酸)(MBAA)、1,3’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)-2,2-二甲基丙烷(DANPG)、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)戊烷(DA5MG)、2,2’-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)]六氟丙烷(HFBAPP)、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷(Bis-A-AF)、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥苯基)六氟丙烷(Bis-AP-AF)、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-甲基苯基)六氟丙烷(Bis-AT-AF)、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯(6BFBAPB)、3,3’5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷(TMMDA)等。In some embodiments of Formula I, R b represents a residue of an aromatic diamine selected from the group consisting of p-phenylenediamine (PPD), 2,2'-dimethyl -4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl (m-toluidine), 3,3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (o-toluidine), 3,3'-di Hydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (HAB), 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluoride (FDA), o-toluidine (TSN), 2,3,5, 6-Tetramethyl-1,4-phenylenediamine (TMPD), 2,4-diamino-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene (DAM), 3,3',5,5'-tetrakis Methylbenzidine (3355TMB), 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (22TFMB or TFMB), 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane ( BAPP), 4,4'-methylenedianiline (MDA), 4,4'-[1,3-phenylenebis(1-methyl-ethylene)]bis-aniline (Bis-M), 4,4'-[1,4-phenylenebis(1-methyl-ethylene)]bisaniline (Bis-P), 4,4'-oxydiphenylamine (4,4'-ODA) , m-phenylenediamine (MPD), 3,4'-oxydiphenylamine (3,4'-ODA), 3,3'-diaminodiphenylamine (3,3'-DDS), 4,4 '-Diaminodiphenylsulfide (4,4'-DDS), 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide (ASD), 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-phenoxy base)phenyl]sine (BAPS), 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)-phenyl]sine (m-BAPS), 1,4'-bis(4-aminobenzene) Oxy)benzene (TPE-Q), 1,3'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene (TPE-R), 1,3'-bis(3-amino-phenoxy)benzene ( APB-133), 4,4'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl (BAPB), 4,4'-diaminobenzoaniline (DABA), methylene bis(o-amino) Benzoic acid) (MBAA), 1,3'-bis(4-aminophenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpropane (DANPG), 1,5-bis(4-aminophenoxy)pentane alkane (DA5MG), 2,2'-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxyphenyl)]hexafluoropropane (HFBAPP), 2,2'-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane ( Bis-A-AF), 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane (Bis-AP-AF), 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-methyl) Phenyl) hexafluoropropane (Bis-AT-AF), 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl (6BFBAPB), 3,3'5,5'-Tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane (TMMDA), etc.

在式I的一些實施方式中,Rb 表示選自以下群組的芳香族二胺的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:PPD、MPD、間-聯甲苯胺、鄰‑聯甲苯胺、聯苯胺和TFMB。In some embodiments of Formula I, R b represents a residue of an aromatic diamine selected from the group consisting of: PPD, MPD, m-toluidine, o-toluidine, Benzidine and TFMB.

式I的上述實施方式中的任一個可與其他實施方式中的一個或多個組合,只要它們不是互相排斥的。Any of the above embodiments of Formula I may be combined with one or more of the other embodiments as long as they are not mutually exclusive.

在式I的一些實施方式中,二胺選自以下群組,該群組由以下項組成:化合物1至化合物24 化合物1 化合物2 化合物3 化合物4 化合物5 化合物6 化合物6a 化合物7 化合物8 化合物9 化合物10 化合物11 化合物12 化合物13 化合物14 化合物15 化合物16 化合物17 化合物18 化合物19 化合物20 化合物21 化合物22 化合物23 化合物24 4. 具有式IV的二酐In some embodiments of Formula I, the diamine is selected from the group consisting of: Compound 1 to Compound 24 Compound 1 Compound 2 Compound 3 Compound 4 Compound 5 Compound 6 Compound 6a Compound 7 Compound 8 Compound 9 Compound 10 Compound 11 Compound 12 Compound 13 Compound 14 Compound 15 Compound 16 Compound 17 Compound 18 Compound 19 Compound 20 Compound 21 Compound 22 Compound 23 Compound 24 4. Dianhydrides of formula IV

本文所述的二酐具有式IV 其中: Rd 表示四羧酸組分殘基; Re 表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。The dianhydrides described herein have formula IV wherein: R d represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R e represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,m = 1。In some embodiments of Formula IV, m = 1.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,m = 2-20。In some embodiments of Formula IV, m = 2-20.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,m = 2-5。In some embodiments of Formula IV, m = 2-5.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,m = 6-10。In some embodiments of Formula IV, m = 6-10.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,m = 11-20。In some embodiments of Formula IV, m = 11-20.

適於形成式I中的殘基Ra 的任何以上列出的四羧酸二酐也適合於形成式IV中的殘基RdAny of the above-listed tetracarboxylic dianhydrides suitable for forming residue R a in formula I is also suitable for forming residue R d in formula IV.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,Rd 表示來自選自以下群組的四羧酸二酐的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:PMDA、BPDA、6FDA、BTDA和CBDA。In some embodiments of Formula IV, R d represents a residue from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of: PMDA, BPDA, 6FDA, BTDA, and CBDA.

適於形成式I中的殘基Rb 的任何以上列出的二胺也適合於形成式IV中的殘基ReAny of the above listed diamines suitable for forming residue Rb in formula I are also suitable for forming residue Re in formula IV.

在式IV的一些實施方式中,Re 表示氟化的芳香族二胺的殘基。 在式IV的一些實施方式中,Re 選自由以下各項組成之群組:式E1至E16 其中: R7 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:F、烷基、芳基、Rf 和ORf ; R8 和R9 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:H、F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基; R10 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:氟代烷基和氟代烷氧基; R11 在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基; Rf 係C1-3 全氟烷基; Q選自由以下各項組成之群組:CR8 R9 、SiR8 R9 、S、SR8 R9 、S=O、SO2 和C=O; b在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是從0-3的整數; c在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是從0-2的整數; g係從0-4的整數; h係從0-6的整數; p係從1-10的整數; q係從0-5的整數; y係從0-2的整數;並且 *表示附接點。In some embodiments of Formula IV, Re represents a residue of a fluorinated aromatic diamine. In some embodiments of Formula IV, Re is selected from the group consisting of: Formulas E1 to E16 where: R 7 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: F, alkyl, aryl, R f and OR f ; R 8 and R 9 are on each occurrence are the same or different and are selected from the group consisting of: H, F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl, and silyl; R 10 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: The group consisting of: fluoroalkyl and fluoroalkoxy; R 11 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silicon group; R f is C 1-3 perfluoroalkyl group; Q is selected from the group consisting of: CR 8 R 9 , SiR 8 R 9 , S, SR 8 R 9 , S=O, SO 2 and C=O; b is the same or different in each occurrence and is an integer from 0-3; c is the same or different in each occurrence and is an integer from 0-2; g is an integer from 0- h is an integer from 0 to 6; p is an integer from 1 to 10; q is an integer from 0 to 5; y is an integer from 0 to 2; and * represents an attachment point.

在E1至E16的一些實施方式中,R7 選自以下群組,該群組由以下項組成:F、Rf 和ORfIn some embodiments of E1 to E16, R7 is selected from the group consisting of: F, Rf , and ORf .

在E1至E16的一些實施方式中,g係從1-4的整數。In some embodiments of E1 to E16, g is an integer from 1-4.

式IV的以上實施方式中的任一個可以與其他實施方式中的一個或多個組合,只要它們不是互相排斥的。 在式IV的一些實施方式中,二酐選自以下群組,該群組由以下項組成:化合物25至化合物38 化合物25 化合物26 化合物27 化合物28 化合物29 化合物30 化合物31 化合物32 化合物33 化合物34 化合物35 化合物36 化合物37 化合38 5. 聚醯胺酸Any of the above embodiments of Formula IV may be combined with one or more of the other embodiments as long as they are not mutually exclusive. In some embodiments of Formula IV, the dianhydride is selected from the group consisting of: Compound 25 to Compound 38 Compound 25 Compound 26 Compound 27 Compound 28 Compound 29 Compound 30 Compound 31 Compound 32 Compound 33 Compound 34 Compound 35 Compound 36 Compound 37 Compound 38 5. Polyamide

本文所述的聚醯胺酸係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其中 (a) 該等二胺包含1-100 mol%的具有式I的二胺,和/或 (b) 該等四羧酸組分包含1-100 mol%的具有式IV的四羧酸二酐。在一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其符合以下之一:(a) 該等二胺包含1-100 mol%的具有式I的二胺,或 (b) 該等四羧酸組分包含1-100 mol%的具有式IV的四羧酸二酐。The polyamic acid described herein is the reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, wherein (a) the diamines comprise 1 to 100 mol % of the diamine of formula I, and /or (b) the tetracarboxylic acid components comprise 1-100 mol% of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of formula IV. In some embodiments, the polyamic acid is a reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, which conforms to one of the following: (a) the diamines comprise 1-100 mol% of Diamine of formula I, or (b) The tetracarboxylic acid component contains 1 to 100 mol % of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of formula IV.

第一聚醯胺酸係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其中該等二胺包含1-100 mol%的具有式I的二胺。The first polyamide is a reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, wherein the diamines comprise 1-100 mol% of the diamine of formula I.

在第一聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,具有式I的二胺係總二胺的1-5 mol%;在一些實施方式中,6-10 mol%;在一些實施方式中,10-25 mol%;在一些實施方式中,25‑50 mol%;在一些實施方式中,50-75 mol%;在一些實施方式中,75-100 mol%;在一些實施方式中,100 mol%。In some embodiments of the first polyamide, 1-5 mol% of the total diamine of the diamine series having Formula I; in some embodiments, 6-10 mol%; in some embodiments, 10- 25 mol%; in some embodiments, 25-50 mol%; in some embodiments, 50-75 mol%; in some embodiments, 75-100 mol%; in some embodiments, 100 mol%.

在第一聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,存在單一的四羧酸組分。In some embodiments of the first polyamide, a single tetracarboxylic acid component is present.

在第一聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,存在兩種四羧酸組分。In some embodiments of the first polyamide, two tetracarboxylic acid components are present.

在第一聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,存在三種四羧酸組分。In some embodiments of the first polyamide, three tetracarboxylic acid components are present.

在一些實施方式中,第一聚醯胺酸係具有式I的單一二胺和單一四羧酸組分的反應產物。In some embodiments, the first polyamic acid system has the reaction product of a single diamine and a single tetracarboxylic acid component of Formula I.

第一聚醯胺酸具有式II的重複單元 其中: Ra 和Rc 係相同或不同的,並且表示四羧酸組分殘基; Rb 表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。The first polyamide has repeating units of formula II Where: R a and R c are the same or different and represent a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R b represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

對於式I中的Ra 、Rb 和m的所有以上描述的實施方式同樣適用於式II中的Ra 、Rb 和m。All the embodiments described above for Ra , Rb and m in formula I apply equally to Ra, Rb and m in formula II.

適於形成式I中的殘基Ra 的任何以上列出的四羧酸二酐也適合於形成式II中的殘基RcAny of the above-listed tetracarboxylic dianhydrides suitable for forming residue R a in formula I is also suitable for forming residue R c in formula II.

在式II的一些實施方式中,Rc 表示來自選自以下群組的四羧酸二酐的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:PMDA、BPDA、6FDA、BTDA和CBDA。In some embodiments of Formula II, Rc represents a residue from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride selected from the group consisting of: PMDA, BPDA, 6FDA, BTDA, and CBDA.

第二聚醯胺酸係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其中該等四羧酸組分包含1-100 mol%的具有式IV的四羧酸二酐。The second polyamic acid is a reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, wherein the tetracarboxylic acid components comprise 1-100 mol% of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride of formula IV.

在第二聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,具有式IV的二酐係總二酐的1-5 mol%;在一些實施方式中,6-10 mol%;在一些實施方式中,10-25 mol%;在一些實施方式中,25-50 mol%;在一些實施方式中,50-75 mol%;在一些實施方式中,75-100 mol%;在一些實施方式中,100 mol%。In some embodiments of the second polyamide, 1-5 mol% of the total dianhydride of the dianhydride system having Formula IV; in some embodiments, 6-10 mol%; in some embodiments, 10- 25 mol%; in some embodiments, 25-50 mol%; in some embodiments, 50-75 mol%; in some embodiments, 75-100 mol%; in some embodiments, 100 mol%.

在第二聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,存在單一的二胺組分。In some embodiments of the second polyamide, a single diamine component is present.

在第二聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,存在兩種二胺組分。In some embodiments of the second polyamide, two diamine components are present.

在第二聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,存在三種二胺組分。In some embodiments of the second polyamide, three diamine components are present.

在一些實施方式中,第二聚醯胺酸係具有式IV的單一二酐和單一二胺組分的反應產物。In some embodiments, the second polyamic acid system has the reaction product of a single dianhydride and a single diamine component of Formula IV.

第二聚醯胺酸具有式V的重複單元 其中: Rd 表示四羧酸組分殘基; Re 和Rf 係相同或不同的,並且表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。The second polyamide has repeating units of formula V wherein: R d represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R e and R f are the same or different and represent a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

對於式IV中的Rd 、Re 和m的所有以上描述的實施方式同樣適用於式V中的Rd 、Re 和m。All the embodiments described above for R d , Re and m in formula IV also apply to R d , Re and m in formula V.

適於形成式IV中的殘基Re 的任何以上列出的二胺也適合於形成式V中的殘基RfAny of the above listed diamines suitable for forming the residue Re in Formula IV is also suitable for forming the residue Rf in Formula V.

在式V的一些實施方式中,Rf 表示選自以下群組的芳香族二胺的殘基,該群組由以下項組成:PPD、MPD、間-聯甲苯胺、鄰‑聯甲苯胺、聯苯胺和TFMB。In some embodiments of Formula V, R f represents a residue of an aromatic diamine selected from the group consisting of: PPD, MPD, m-toluidine, o-toluidine, Benzidine and TFMB.

在上述聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,由單酐單體得到的部分作為封端基團存在。In some embodiments of the polyamides described above, moieties derived from the monoanhydride monomers are present as end-capping groups.

在一些實施方式中,該等單酐單體選自以下群組,該組由鄰苯二甲酸酐和類似物以及其衍生物組成。In some embodiments, the monoanhydride monomers are selected from the group consisting of phthalic anhydride and the like and derivatives thereof.

在一些實施方式中,該等單酐以高達整個四羧酸組成物的5 mol%的量存在。In some embodiments, the monoanhydrides are present in an amount up to 5 mol% of the entire tetracarboxylic acid composition.

在上述聚醯胺酸的一些實施方式中,由單胺單體得到的部分作為封端基團存在。In some embodiments of the polyamides described above, moieties derived from monoamine monomers are present as end-capping groups.

在一些實施方式中,該等單胺單體選自以下群組,該組由苯胺和類似物以及其衍生物組成。In some embodiments, the monoamine monomers are selected from the group consisting of anilines and analogs and derivatives thereof.

在一些實施方式中,該等單胺以高達整個胺組成物的5 mol%的量存在。In some embodiments, the monoamines are present in an amount up to 5 mol% of the entire amine composition.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有大於100,000的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) greater than 100,000 based on gel permeation chromatography with polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有大於150,000的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) greater than 150,000 based on gel permeation chromatography with polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有大於200,000的分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a molecular weight ( MW ) greater than 200,000 based on gel permeation chromatography with polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有大於250,000的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) greater than 250,000 based on gel permeation chromatography with polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有大於300,000的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) greater than 300,000 based on gel permeation chromatography with polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有在100,000與400,000之間的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) between 100,000 and 400,000 based on gel permeation chromatography and polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有在150,000與350,000之間的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) between 150,000 and 350,000 based on gel permeation chromatography and polystyrene standards.

在一些實施方式中,基於凝膠滲透層析法與聚苯乙烯標準,聚醯胺酸具有在200,000與300,000之間的重量平均分子量(MW )。In some embodiments, the polyamic acid has a weight average molecular weight ( MW ) between 200,000 and 300,000 based on gel permeation chromatography and polystyrene standards.

總體聚醯胺酸組成可以經由本領域通常使用的符號來命名。例如,可以將具有100% ODPA的四羧酸組分以及90 mol%的Bis-P和10 mol%的TFMB的二胺組分的聚醯胺酸表示為: ODPA//Bis-P/22TFMB100//90/10。The overall polyamide composition may be named via symbols commonly used in the art. For example, a polyamic acid with a tetracarboxylic acid component of 100% ODPA and a diamine component of 90 mol% Bis-P and 10 mol% TFMB can be expressed as: ODPA//Bis-P/22TFMB100//90/10.

還提供了一種第一液體組成物,其包含 (a) 具有式II的重複單元的聚醯胺酸和 (b) 至少一種高沸點非質子溶劑。該第一液體組成物在本文中還被稱為「第一聚醯胺酸溶液」。Also provided is a first liquid composition comprising (a) a polyamic acid having repeating units of Formula II and (b) at least one high boiling aprotic solvent. The first liquid composition is also referred to herein as the "first polyamide solution."

還提供了一種第二液體組成物,其包含 (a) 具有式V的重複單元的聚醯胺酸和 (b) 至少一種高沸點非質子溶劑。該第二液體組成物在本文中還被稱為「第二聚醯胺酸溶液」。Also provided is a second liquid composition comprising (a) a polyamic acid having repeating units of Formula V and (b) at least one high boiling aprotic solvent. The second liquid composition is also referred to herein as the "second polyamide solution."

在一些實施方式中,該高沸點非質子溶劑具有150℃或更高的沸點。In some embodiments, the high boiling aprotic solvent has a boiling point of 150°C or higher.

在一些實施方式中,該高沸點非質子溶劑具有175℃或更高的沸點。In some embodiments, the high boiling aprotic solvent has a boiling point of 175°C or higher.

在一些實施方式中,該高沸點非質子溶劑具有200℃或更高的沸點。In some embodiments, the high boiling aprotic solvent has a boiling point of 200°C or higher.

在一些實施方式中,該高沸點非質子溶劑係極性溶劑。在一些實施方式中,該溶劑具有大於20的介電常數。In some embodiments, the high boiling aprotic solvent is a polar solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent has a dielectric constant greater than 20.

高沸點非質子溶劑的一些實例包括但不限於N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)、二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)、二甲亞碸(DMSO)、二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、N-丁基吡咯啶酮(NBP)、N,N-二乙基乙醯胺(DEAc)、四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啉酮、γ-丁內酯、二丁基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、二甘醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯和類似物以及其組合。Some examples of high boiling aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), dimethylacetamide (DMAc), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), dimethylformamide (DMF), N-butylpyrrolidone (NBP), N,N-diethyl acetamide (DEAc), tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolinone, γ- Butyrolactone, dibutyl carbitol, butyl carbitol acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and the like and combinations thereof.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑選自由NMP、DMAc、和DMF組成的組。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is selected from the group consisting of NMP, DMAc, and DMF.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係NMP。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is NMP.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係DMAc。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is DMAc.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係DMF。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is DMF.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係NBP。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is NBP.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係DEAc。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is DEAc.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係四甲基脲。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is tetramethylurea.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啉酮。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolinone.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係γ‑丁內酯。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is gamma-butyrolactone.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係二丁基卡必醇。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is dibutyl carbitol.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係丁基卡必醇乙酸酯。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is butyl carbitol acetate.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係二甘醇單乙醚乙酸酯。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate.

在液體組成物的一些實施方式中,該溶劑係丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯。In some embodiments of the liquid composition, the solvent is propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate.

在一些實施方式中,在液體組成物中使用超過一種以上鑒定的高沸點非質子溶劑。In some embodiments, more than one identified high boiling point aprotic solvent is used in the liquid composition.

在一些實施方式中,在液體組成物中使用附加的共溶劑。In some embodiments, additional co-solvents are used in the liquid composition.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係> 99重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的> 1重量%的聚醯胺酸。如本文所使用的,術語「一種或多種溶劑(solvent(s))」係指一種或多種溶劑。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is >99 wt% polyamic acid in one or more high boiling aprotic solvents. As used herein, the term "solvent(s)" refers to one or more solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在95重量%-99重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的1重量%-5重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 1 to 5 wt % polyamic acid in 95 to 99 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在90重量%-95重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的5重量%-10重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 5 to 10 wt % polyamic acid in 90 to 95 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在85重量%-90重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的10重量%-15重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 10 to 15 wt % polyamic acid in 85 to 90 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在80重量%-85重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的15重量%-20重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 15 to 20 wt % polyamic acid in 80 to 85 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在75重量%-80重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的20重量%-25重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 20 to 25 wt % polyamic acid in 75 to 80 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在70重量%-75重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的25重量%-30重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 25 to 30 wt % polyamic acid in 70 to 75 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在65重量%-70重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的30重量%-35重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 30 to 35 wt % polyamic acid in 65 to 70 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在60重量%-65重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的35重量%-40重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 35 to 40 wt % polyamic acid in 60 to 65 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在55重量%-60重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的40重量%-45重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 40 to 45 wt % polyamic acid in 55 to 60 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係在50重量%-55重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的45重量%-50重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 45 to 50 wt % polyamic acid in 50 to 55 wt % of one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

在一些實施方式中,該液體組成物係50重量%的一種或多種高沸點非質子溶劑中的50重量%的聚醯胺酸。In some embodiments, the liquid composition is 50 wt% polyamic acid in one or more high boiling aprotic solvents.

聚醯胺酸溶液可以視需要進一步含有許多添加劑中的任一種。此類添加劑可以是:抗氧化劑、熱穩定劑、黏合促進劑、偶聯劑(例如矽烷)、無機填料或各種增強劑,只要它們不有害地影響所希望的聚醯亞胺特性。The polyamide solution may further contain any of a number of additives, if desired. Such additives may be: antioxidants, heat stabilizers, adhesion promoters, coupling agents (eg silanes), inorganic fillers or various reinforcing agents, as long as they do not deleteriously affect the desired polyimide properties.

聚醯胺酸溶液可以使用關於引入組分(即,單體和溶劑)的各種可供使用的方法進行製備。生產聚醯胺酸溶液的一些方法包括: (a) 一種方法,其中將二胺組分和二酐組分預先混合在一起且然後將該混合物在攪拌同時分批加入到溶劑中。 (b) 一種方法,其中將溶劑加入到二胺和二酐組分的攪拌混合物中。(與上面的 (a) 相反) (c) 一種方法,其中將二胺單獨地溶解在溶劑中,且然後以允許控製反應速率的這種比例向其中加入二酐。 (d) 一種方法,其中將二酐組分單獨溶解在溶劑中,且然後以允許控製反應速率的這種比例向其中加入胺組分。 (e) 一種方法,其中將二胺組分和二酐組分分別溶解在溶劑中且然後將該等溶液在反應器中混合。 (f) 一種方法,其中預先形成具有過量胺組分的聚醯胺酸和具有過量二酐組分的另一聚醯胺酸,且然後使其在反應器中彼此反應,特別是以產生非無規或嵌段共聚物的這樣的方式彼此反應。 (g) 一種方法,其中首先使特定部分的胺組分和二酐組分反應,且然後使殘餘的二胺組分反應,或反之亦然。 (h) 一種方法,其中將該等組分以部分或整體按任何順序加入到部分或全部溶劑中,此外其中部分或全部任何組分可以作為部分或全部溶劑中的溶液加入。 (i) 首先使二酐組分之一與二胺組分之一反應,從而得到第一聚醯胺酸的方法。然後使另一種二酐組分與另一種胺組分反應以得到第二聚醯胺酸。然後在成膜之前以多種方式中的任一種將該等聚醯胺酸組合。Polyamide solutions can be prepared using a variety of available methods regarding the introduction of components (ie, monomers and solvents). Some methods of producing polyamide solutions include: (a) A method in which the diamine component and the dianhydride component are premixed together and then the mixture is added to the solvent in portions while stirring. (b) A method in which a solvent is added to a stirred mixture of diamine and dianhydride components. (Contrary to (a) above) (c) A method in which the diamine is dissolved separately in a solvent and the dianhydride is then added thereto in a ratio that allows control of the reaction rate. (d) A method in which the dianhydride component is dissolved separately in a solvent, and the amine component is then added thereto in such a ratio as to allow control of the reaction rate. (e) A method in which the diamine component and the dianhydride component are separately dissolved in a solvent and the solutions are then mixed in a reactor. (f) A method in which a polyamic acid having an excess of an amine component and another polyamic acid having an excess of a dianhydride component are preformed and then reacted with each other in a reactor, in particular to produce a non- Random or block copolymers react with each other in such a way. (g) A method in which a specific portion of the amine component and the dianhydride component are reacted first, and then the remaining diamine component is reacted, or vice versa. (h) A process wherein the components are added in part or in whole and in any order to part or all of the solvent, further wherein part or all of any of the components may be added as a solution in part or all of the solvent. (i) A method of first reacting one of the dianhydride components with one of the diamine components to obtain the first polyamide. The other dianhydride component is then reacted with the other amine component to provide a second polyamic acid. The polyamides are then combined in any of a variety of ways prior to film formation.

一般來說,由上述揭露的聚醯胺酸溶液製備方法中的任一種可以獲得聚醯胺酸溶液。Generally speaking, a polyamic acid solution can be obtained by any of the polyamic acid solution preparation methods disclosed above.

然後可以將聚醯胺酸溶液過濾一次或多次以便減少顆粒含量。由這種過濾溶液產生的聚醯亞胺膜可以顯示出減少的缺陷數量,且由此在本文揭露的電子應用中產生優異性能。可以藉由雷射粒子計數器測試來進行對過濾效率的評估,其中將聚醯胺酸溶液的代表性樣品澆注到5”矽晶圓上。在軟烘/乾燥之後,藉由任何數量的雷射粒子計數技術在可商購且本領域已知的儀器上評估膜的顆粒含量。The polyamide solution can then be filtered one or more times to reduce particulate content. Polyimide membranes produced from such filtered solutions can exhibit a reduced number of defects and thereby produce superior performance in the electronic applications disclosed herein. Evaluation of filtration efficiency can be performed by laser particle counter testing, in which representative samples of polyamide solutions are cast onto 5" silicon wafers. After soft bake/drying, the filtration efficiency is measured by any number of laser Particle counting techniques evaluate the particle content of films on instruments that are commercially available and known in the art.

在一些實施方式中,製備聚醯胺酸溶液並過濾以產生小於40個顆粒的顆粒含量,如藉由雷射粒子計數器測試所測量。In some embodiments, a polyamic acid solution is prepared and filtered to yield a particle content of less than 40 particles, as measured by laser particle counter testing.

在一些實施方式中,製備聚醯胺酸溶液並過濾以產生小於30個顆粒的顆粒含量,如藉由雷射粒子計數器測試所測量。In some embodiments, a polyamic acid solution is prepared and filtered to yield a particle content of less than 30 particles, as measured by laser particle counter testing.

在一些實施方式中,製備聚醯胺酸溶液並過濾以產生小於20個顆粒的顆粒含量,如藉由雷射粒子計數器測試所測量。In some embodiments, a polyamic acid solution is prepared and filtered to yield a particle content of less than 20 particles, as measured by laser particle counter testing.

在一些實施方式中,製備聚醯胺酸溶液並過濾以產生小於10個顆粒的顆粒含量,如藉由雷射粒子計數器測試所測量。In some embodiments, a polyamic acid solution is prepared and filtered to yield a particle content of less than 10 particles, as measured by laser particle counter testing.

在一些實施方式中,製備聚醯胺酸溶液並過濾以產生在2個顆粒與8個顆粒之間的顆粒含量,如藉由雷射粒子計數器測試所測量。In some embodiments, a polyamide solution is prepared and filtered to yield a particle content between 2 particles and 8 particles, as measured by laser particle counter testing.

在一些實施方式中,製備聚醯胺酸溶液並過濾以產生在4個顆粒與6個顆粒之間的顆粒含量,如藉由雷射粒子計數器測試所測量。In some embodiments, a polyamide solution is prepared and filtered to yield a particle content between 4 particles and 6 particles, as measured by laser particle counter testing.

聚醯胺酸溶液的示例性製備在實例中給出。 6.聚醯亞胺Exemplary preparations of polyamide solutions are given in the Examples. 6. Polyimide

提供了一種具有式III的重複單元結構的第一聚醯亞胺 其中: Ra 和Rc 係相同或不同的,並且表示四羧酸組分殘基; Rb 表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。Provided is a first polyimide having a repeating unit structure of Formula III Where: R a and R c are the same or different and represent a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R b represents a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

對於式II中的Ra 、Rb 、Rc 和m的所有以上描述的實施方式同樣適用於式III中的Ra 、Rb 、Rc 和m。All the embodiments described above for Ra , Rb , Rc and m in formula II apply equally to Ra, Rb , Rc and m in formula III.

提供了一種具有式VI的重複單元結構的第二聚醯亞胺 其中: Rd 表示四羧酸組分殘基; Re 和Rf 係相同或不同的,並且表示二胺殘基;並且 m係從1-20的整數。Provided is a second polyimide having a repeating unit structure of Formula VI wherein: R d represents a tetracarboxylic acid component residue; R e and R f are the same or different and represent a diamine residue; and m is an integer from 1 to 20.

對於式IV中的Rd 、Re 、Rf 和m的所有以上描述的實施方式同樣適用於式V中的Rd 、Re 、Rf 和m。All the embodiments described above for R d , Re , R f and m in formula IV also apply to R d , Re , R f and m in formula V.

還提供了一種聚醯亞胺膜,其中聚醯亞胺具有如以上描述的式III或式VI的重複單元結構。Also provided is a polyimide film, wherein the polyimide has a repeating unit structure of Formula III or Formula VI as described above.

聚醯亞胺膜可以藉由將聚醯亞胺先質塗覆到基板上並且隨後醯亞胺化來製成。這可以藉由熱轉化方法或化學轉化方法來實現。Polyimide films can be made by coating a polyimide precursor onto a substrate and subsequently imidizing it. This can be achieved by thermal conversion methods or chemical conversion methods.

此外,如果聚醯亞胺可溶於適合的塗布溶劑中,則它可以作為溶解在適合的塗布溶劑中的已經醯亞胺化的聚合物提供並且作為聚醯亞胺塗布。Furthermore, if the polyimide is soluble in a suitable coating solvent, it can be provided as an already imidized polymer dissolved in a suitable coating solvent and coated as the polyimide.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,平面內熱膨脹係數(CTE)係在50℃與200℃之間小於45 ppm/℃;在一些實施方式中,係小於30 ppm/℃;在一些實施方式中,係小於20 ppm/℃;在一些實施方式中,係小於15 ppm/℃;在一些實施方式中,係在0 ppm/℃與15 ppm/℃之間。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the in-plane coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) is less than 45 ppm/°C between 50°C and 200°C; in some embodiments, less than 30 ppm/°C; in some embodiments In some embodiments, it is less than 20 ppm/°C; in some embodiments, it is less than 15 ppm/°C; in some embodiments, it is between 0 ppm/°C and 15 ppm/°C.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,對於在超過300℃的溫度下固化的聚醯亞胺膜,玻璃化轉變溫度(Tg )係大於250℃;在一些實施方式中,係大於300℃;在一些實施方式中,係大於350℃。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the glass transition temperature (T g ) is greater than 250° C. for polyimide films cured at temperatures in excess of 300° C.; in some embodiments, is greater than 300° C. ° C; in some embodiments, greater than 350 ° C.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,1% TGA失重溫度係大於350℃;在一些實施方式中,係大於400℃;在一些實施方式中,係大於450℃。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the 1% TGA weight loss temperature is greater than 350°C; in some embodiments, it is greater than 400°C; in some embodiments, it is greater than 450°C.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,拉伸模量係在1.5 GPa與8.0 GPa之間;在一些實施方式中,係在1.5 GPa與5.0 GPa之間。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the tensile modulus is between 1.5 GPa and 8.0 GPa; in some embodiments, between 1.5 GPa and 5.0 GPa.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,斷裂伸長率係大於10%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the elongation at break is greater than 10%.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,光延遲係小於2000 nm;在一些實施方式中,小於1500 nm;在一些實施方式中,小於1000 nm;在一些實施方式中,小於500 nm。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the optical retardation is less than 2000 nm; in some embodiments, less than 1500 nm; in some embodiments, less than 1000 nm; in some embodiments, less than 500 nm.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,在550或633 nm處的雙折射率係小於0.15;在一些實施方式中,小於0.10;在一些實施方式中,小於0.05;在一些實施方式中,小於0.010;在一些實施方式中,小於0.005。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the birefringence at 550 or 633 nm is less than 0.15; in some embodiments, less than 0.10; in some embodiments, less than 0.05; in some embodiments, Less than 0.010; in some embodiments, less than 0.005.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,霧度係小於1.0%;在一些實施方式中,小於0.5%;在一些實施方式中,小於0.1%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the haze is less than 1.0%; in some embodiments, less than 0.5%; in some embodiments, less than 0.1%.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,b*係小於10;在一些實施方式中,小於7.5;在一些實施方式中,小於5.0;在一些實施方式中,小於3.0。In some embodiments of the polyimide membrane, b* is less than 10; in some embodiments, less than 7.5; in some embodiments, less than 5.0; in some embodiments, less than 3.0.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,YI係小於12;在一些實施方式中,小於10;在一些實施方式中,小於5。In some embodiments of the polyimide membrane, the YI is less than 12; in some embodiments, less than 10; in some embodiments, less than 5.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,在400 nm處的透射率係大於40%;在一些實施方式中,大於50%;在一些實施方式中,大於60%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the transmission at 400 nm is greater than 40%; in some embodiments, greater than 50%; in some embodiments, greater than 60%.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,在430 nm處的透射率係大於60%;在一些實施方式中,大於70%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the transmission at 430 nm is greater than 60%; in some embodiments, greater than 70%.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,在450 nm處的透射率係大於70%;在一些實施方式中,大於80%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the transmission at 450 nm is greater than 70%; in some embodiments, greater than 80%.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,在550 nm處的透射率係大於70%;在一些實施方式中,大於80%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the transmission at 550 nm is greater than 70%; in some embodiments, greater than 80%.

在聚醯亞胺膜的一些實施方式中,在750 nm處的透射率係大於70%;在一些實施方式中,大於80%;在一些實施方式中,大於90%。In some embodiments of the polyimide film, the transmission at 750 nm is greater than 70%; in some embodiments, greater than 80%; in some embodiments, greater than 90%.

聚醯亞胺膜的上述實施方式中的任一個可與其他實施方式中的一個或多個組合,只要它們不是互相排斥的。 4.用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法Any of the above embodiments of polyimide membranes may be combined with one or more of the other embodiments as long as they are not mutually exclusive. 4. Method for preparing polyimide membrane

一般來說,聚醯亞胺膜可以藉由化學或熱轉化方法由聚醯亞胺先質製備。在一些實施方式中,該等膜藉由化學或熱轉化方法由相應的聚醯胺酸溶液製備。本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜(特別是當用作電子裝置中的玻璃的柔性替代物時)藉由熱轉化方法來製備。Generally speaking, polyimide membranes can be prepared from polyimide precursors through chemical or thermal conversion methods. In some embodiments, the membranes are prepared from corresponding polyamide solutions by chemical or thermal conversion methods. The polyimide films disclosed herein, particularly when used as flexible replacements for glass in electronic devices, are prepared by thermal conversion methods.

一般來說,聚醯亞胺膜可以藉由化學或熱轉化方法由相應的聚醯胺酸溶液製備。本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜(特別是當用作電子裝置中的玻璃的柔性替代物時)藉由熱轉化或改進型熱轉化方法與化學轉化方法來製備。Generally speaking, polyimide membranes can be prepared from corresponding polyamide acid solutions by chemical or thermal conversion methods. The polyimide films disclosed herein, particularly when used as flexible replacements for glass in electronic devices, are prepared by thermal conversion or modified thermal conversion methods and chemical conversion methods.

化學轉化方法描述於美國專利號5,166,308和5,298,331中,將該等專利藉由引用以其全文結合在此。在此類方法中,將轉化化學品添加到聚醯胺酸溶液中。發現可用於本發明的轉化化學品包括但不限於:(i) 一種或多種脫水劑,如脂肪族酸酐(乙酸酐等)和酸酐;以及 (ii) 一種或多種催化劑,如脂肪族三級胺(三乙胺等)、三級胺(二甲基苯胺等)和雜環三級胺(吡啶、甲基吡啶、異喹啉(isoquinoilne)等)。酸酐脫水材料典型地以聚醯胺酸溶液中存在的醯胺酸基團的量的稍微莫耳過量使用。所使用的乙酸酐的量典型地是每當量聚醯胺酸約2.0‑3.0莫耳。一般來說,使用相當量的三級胺催化劑。Chemical transformation methods are described in US Patent Nos. 5,166,308 and 5,298,331, which patents are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In this type of method, conversion chemicals are added to the polyamide solution. Transformation chemicals found useful in the present invention include, but are not limited to: (i) one or more dehydrating agents, such as aliphatic anhydrides (acetic anhydride, etc.) and anhydrides; and (ii) one or more catalysts, such as aliphatic tertiary amines (triethylamine, etc.), tertiary amines (dimethylaniline, etc.) and heterocyclic tertiary amines (pyridine, picoline, isoquinoilne, etc.). The anhydride dehydration material is typically used in a slight molar excess to the amount of amide groups present in the polyamic acid solution. The amount of acetic anhydride used is typically about 2.0-3.0 moles per equivalent of polyamide acid. Generally, a considerable amount of tertiary amine catalyst is used.

熱轉化方法可以或可以不採用轉化化學品(即催化劑)來將聚醯胺酸澆注溶液轉化為聚醯亞胺。如果使用轉化化學品,則該方法可被認為係改進型熱轉化方法。在兩種類型的熱轉化方法中,僅使用熱能來加熱膜以同時乾燥溶劑的膜並進行醯亞胺化反應。通常使用有或無轉化催化劑的熱轉化方法來製備本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜。Thermal conversion methods may or may not employ conversion chemicals (i.e., catalysts) to convert the polyamic acid casting solution to polyimide. If conversion chemicals are used, the method can be considered a modified thermal conversion method. In both types of thermal conversion methods, only thermal energy is used to heat the film to simultaneously dry the film of the solvent and perform the imidization reaction. The polyimide membranes disclosed herein are typically prepared using thermal conversion methods with or without conversion catalysts.

考慮到不僅僅是膜組成產生感興趣的特性,具體的方法參數係預先選擇的。相反,固化溫度和溫度斜升曲線在實現本文揭露的預期用途的最希望的特性中也起到重要作用。聚醯胺酸應在任何後續加工步驟(例如沈積產生功能性顯示器所需的一個或多個無機或其他層)的最高溫度或高於該最高溫度的溫度下、但在低於聚醯亞胺出現顯著熱降解/變色時的溫度的溫度下醯亞胺化。還應該指出,惰性氣氛通常是較佳的,特別是當採用較高的加工溫度進行醯亞胺化時。Specific method parameters were preselected taking into account that it is not just the membrane composition that produces the properties of interest. Conversely, the cure temperature and temperature ramp profile also play an important role in achieving the most desirable properties for the intended uses disclosed herein. The polyamide should be processed at or above the maximum temperature of any subsequent processing steps (such as the deposition of one or more inorganic or other layers required to produce a functional display), but at a temperature lower than that of the polyimide. Significant thermal degradation/discoloration occurs at temperatures below which imidization occurs. It should also be noted that an inert atmosphere is generally preferred, especially when higher processing temperatures are used for the imidization.

對於本文揭露的聚醯胺酸/聚醯亞胺,當需要超過300℃的後續加工溫度時,典型地採用300℃至400℃的溫度。選擇適當的固化溫度允許得到實現熱特性和機械特性的最佳平衡的完全固化的聚醯亞胺。由於這種非常高的溫度,需要惰性氣氛。典型地,應採用> 100 ppm的爐中氧水平。非常低的氧水平使得能夠使用最高的固化溫度而無聚合物的顯著降解/變色。加速醯亞胺化過程的催化劑在約200℃與300℃之間的固化溫度下有效地實現更高水平的醯亞胺化。如果柔性裝置在低於聚醯亞胺的Tg 的較高固化溫度下製備,則可以視需要採用該方法。For the polyamic acids/polyimides disclosed herein, when subsequent processing temperatures in excess of 300°C are required, temperatures of 300°C to 400°C are typically used. Selecting an appropriate curing temperature allows for a fully cured polyimide that achieves an optimal balance of thermal and mechanical properties. Due to these very high temperatures, an inert atmosphere is required. Typically, a furnace oxygen level of >100 ppm should be used. The very low oxygen levels enable the use of the highest curing temperatures without significant degradation/discoloration of the polymer. Catalysts that accelerate the imidization process effectively achieve higher levels of imidization at cure temperatures between about 200°C and 300°C. This approach can be optionally used if the flexible device is prepared at a higher curing temperature below the Tg of the polyimide.

每個可能的固化步驟的時間量也是重要的製程考慮因素。一般來說,用於最高溫度固化的時間應該保持在最小值。例如,對於320℃固化,在惰性氣氛下固化時間可長達1小時左右;但在更高固化溫度下,這一時間應被縮短以避免熱降解。一般來說,較高的溫度指示了較短的時間。熟悉該項技術者將認識到溫度與時間之間的平衡以便優化用於特定最終用途的聚醯亞胺的特性。The amount of time for each possible curing step is also an important process consideration. In general, the time used for maximum temperature cure should be kept to a minimum. For example, for 320°C cure, the cure time can be as long as about 1 hour under an inert atmosphere; but at higher cure temperatures, this time should be shortened to avoid thermal degradation. Generally speaking, higher temperatures indicate shorter times. Those skilled in the art will recognize the balance between temperature and time in order to optimize the properties of the polyimide for a particular end use.

在一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液經由熱轉化方法轉化成聚醯亞胺膜。In some embodiments, the polyamide acid solution is converted into a polyimide film via a thermal conversion process.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於50 µm。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 50 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於40 µm。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 40 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於30 µm。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 30 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於20 µm。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 20 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度在10 µm與20 µm之間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of between 10 µm and 20 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度在15 µm與20 µm之間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of between 15 µm and 20 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度係18 µm。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of 18 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於10 µm。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto the substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 10 µm.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,在熱板上以接近模式軟烘經旋塗的基體,其中使用氮氣來將經旋塗的基體恰好保持在熱板上方。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked in proximity mode on a hot plate, with nitrogen gas used to hold the spin-coated substrate just above the hot plate.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,在熱板上以完全接觸模式軟烘經旋塗的基體,其中經旋塗的基體與熱板表面直接接觸。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked on a hot plate in full contact mode, where the spin-coated substrate is in direct contact with the hot plate surface.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用接近模式和完全接觸模式的組合在熱板上軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked on a hot plate using a combination of proximity mode and full contact mode.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在80℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 80°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在90℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 90°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在100℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 100°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在110℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 110°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在120℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 120°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在130℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 130°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在140℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 140°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘超過10分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of more than 10 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於10分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 10 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於8分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 8 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於6分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 6 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘4分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of 4 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於4分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 4 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於2分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 2 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在2個預先選擇的溫度下固化2個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 2 preselected temperatures for 2 preselected time intervals, where the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在3個預先選擇的溫度下固化3個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 3 preselected temperatures for 3 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在4個預先選擇的溫度下固化4個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 4 preselected temperatures for 4 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在5個預先選擇的溫度下固化5個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 5 pre-selected temperatures for 5 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在6個預先選擇的溫度下固化6個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 6 pre-selected temperatures for 6 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在7個預先選擇的溫度下固化7個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 7 pre-selected temperatures for 7 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在8個預先選擇的溫度固化8個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 8 preselected temperatures for 8 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different of.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在9個預先選擇的溫度下固化9個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 9 preselected temperatures for 9 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在10個預先選擇的溫度下固化10個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is subsequently cured at 10 preselected temperatures for 10 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於80℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 80°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於100℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 100°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於100℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 100°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於150℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 150°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於150℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 150°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於200℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 200°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於200℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 200°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於250℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 250°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於250℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 250°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於300℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 300°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於300℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 300°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於350℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 350°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於350℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 350°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於400℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 400°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於400℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 400°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於450℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 450°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於450℃。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 450°C.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係2分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 2 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係5分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 5 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係10分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 10 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係15分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 15 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係20分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 20 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係25分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 25 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係30分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 30 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係35分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 35 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係40分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 40 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係45分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 45 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係50分鐘。In some thermal conversion methods, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 50 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係55分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 55 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係60分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 60 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個大於60分鐘。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are greater than 60 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個在2分鐘與60分鐘之間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are between 2 minutes and 60 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個在2分鐘與90分鐘之間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are between 2 minutes and 90 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個在2分鐘與120分鐘之間。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are between 2 minutes and 120 minutes.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法按順序包括以下步驟:將在高沸點非質子溶劑中包含兩種或更多種四羧酸組分和一種或多種二胺組分的聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上;軟烘該經旋塗的基體;在多個預先選擇的溫度下將該軟烘的經旋塗的基體處理多個預先選擇的時間間隔,由此該聚醯亞胺膜表現出滿足用於電子應用如本文揭露的那些應用的特性。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, a method for preparing a polyimide membrane sequentially includes the steps of: containing two or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more tetracarboxylic acid components in a high boiling aprotic solvent. spin coating a polyamide solution of the diamine component onto a substrate; soft baking the spin coated substrate; treating the soft baked spin coated substrate at a plurality of preselected temperatures for a plurality of preselected times spacing, whereby the polyimide film exhibits properties satisfactory for electronic applications such as those disclosed herein.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法按順序由以下步驟組成:將在高沸點非質子溶劑中包含兩種或更多種四羧酸組分和一種或多種二胺組分的聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上;軟烘該經旋塗的基體;在多個預先選擇的溫度下將該軟烘的經旋塗的基體處理多個預先選擇的時間間隔,由此該聚醯亞胺膜表現出滿足用於電子應用如本文揭露的那些應用的特性。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, a method for preparing a polyimide membrane consists of the following steps in sequence: containing two or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more in a high boiling aprotic solvent. A polyamide solution of a plurality of diamine components is spin-coated onto a substrate; the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked; and the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is treated with a plurality of preselected temperatures at a plurality of preselected temperatures. time interval whereby the polyimide film exhibits properties satisfactory for electronic applications such as those disclosed herein.

在熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法按順序主要由以下步驟組成:將在高沸點非質子溶劑中包含兩種或更多種四羧酸組分和一種或多種二胺組分的聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上;軟烘該經旋塗的基體;在多個預先選擇的溫度下將該軟烘的經旋塗的基體處理多個預先選擇的時間間隔,由此該聚醯亞胺膜表現出滿足用於電子應用如本文揭露的那些應用的特性。In some embodiments of the thermal conversion method, the method for preparing a polyimide membrane mainly consists of the following steps in sequence: two or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or a polyamide solution of multiple diamine components onto a substrate; soft-baking the spin-coated substrate; treating the soft-baked spin-coated substrate at a plurality of preselected temperatures for a plurality of preselected time interval, whereby the polyimide film exhibits characteristics satisfactory for electronic applications such as those disclosed herein.

典型地,將本文揭露的聚醯胺酸溶液/聚醯亞胺塗布/固化到支撐玻璃基板上以有助於藉由顯示器製作過程的剩餘部分的加工。在由顯示器製造商確定的過程中的某個時刻,藉由機械或雷射剝離製程將聚醯亞胺塗層從支撐玻璃基板上移除。該等製程使作為具有沈積的顯示層的膜的聚醯亞胺與玻璃分開,並實現柔性形式。通常,然後將具有沈積層的該聚醯亞胺膜黏合到較厚但仍然柔性的塑膠膜上,以為顯示器的隨後製作提供支撐。Typically, the polyamic acid solution/polyimide disclosed herein is coated/cured onto a supporting glass substrate to facilitate processing through the remainder of the display fabrication process. At some point in the process determined by the display manufacturer, the polyimide coating is removed from the supporting glass substrate by a mechanical or laser lift-off process. These processes separate the polyimide, which is the film with the deposited display layer, from the glass and enable a flexible form. Typically, the polyimide film with the deposited layer is then bonded to a thicker but still flexible plastic film to provide support for subsequent fabrication of the display.

還提供了改進型熱轉化方法,其中轉化催化劑通常使醯亞胺化反應在比此類轉化催化劑不存在下有可能的更低的溫度下進行。Improved thermal conversion processes are also provided in which the conversion catalyst generally causes the imidization reaction to proceed at a lower temperature than would be possible in the absence of such conversion catalyst.

在一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液經由改進型熱轉化方法轉化成聚醯亞胺膜。In some embodiments, a polyamide acid solution is converted into a polyimide film via a modified thermal conversion method.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有選自由三級胺組成的組的轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains a conversion catalyst selected from the group consisting of tertiary amines.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有選自以下群組的轉化催化劑,該群組由以下項組成:三丁胺、二甲基乙醇胺、異喹啉、1,2-二甲基咪唑、N-甲基咪唑、2-甲基咪唑、2-乙基-4-咪唑、3,5-二甲基吡啶、3,4-二甲基吡啶、2,5-二甲基吡啶、5-甲基苯並咪唑等。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains a conversion catalyst selected from the group consisting of: tributylamine, dimethylethanolamine, isoquinoline, 1 ,2-dimethylimidazole, N-methylimidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-imidazole, 3,5-dimethylpyridine, 3,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,5 - Dimethylpyridine, 5-methylbenzimidazole, etc.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,轉化催化劑以聚醯胺酸溶液的5重量%或更少存在。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the conversion catalyst is present at 5% by weight or less of the polyamide solution.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,轉化催化劑以聚醯胺酸溶液的3重量%或更少存在。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the conversion catalyst is present at 3% by weight or less of the polyamide solution.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,轉化催化劑以聚醯胺酸溶液的1重量%或更少存在。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the conversion catalyst is present at 1% by weight or less of the polyamide solution.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,轉化催化劑以聚醯胺酸溶液的1重量%存在。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the conversion catalyst is present at 1% by weight of the polyamide solution.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有三丁胺作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains tributylamine as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有二甲基乙醇胺作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains dimethylethanolamine as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有異喹啉作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains isoquinoline as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有1,2-二甲基咪唑作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 1,2-dimethylimidazole as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有3,5-二甲基吡啶作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 3,5-lutidine as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有5-甲基苯並咪唑作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 5-methylbenzimidazole as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有N-甲基咪唑作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamide solution further contains N-methylimidazole as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有2-甲基咪唑作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 2-methylimidazole as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有2-乙基-4-咪唑作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 2-ethyl-4-imidazole as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有3,4-二甲基吡啶作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 3,4-lutidine as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,聚醯胺酸溶液進一步含有2,5-二甲基吡啶作為轉化催化劑。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the polyamic acid solution further contains 2,5-lutidine as a conversion catalyst.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於50 µm。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 50 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於40 µm。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 40 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於30 µm。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 30 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於20 µm。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 20 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度在10 µm與20 µm之間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of between 10 µm and 20 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度在15 µm與20 µm之間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of between 15 µm and 20 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度係18 µm。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of 18 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上,以使得所得膜的軟烘厚度小於10 µm。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, a polyamide solution is spin-coated onto a substrate such that the resulting film has a soft-bake thickness of less than 10 µm.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,在熱板上以接近模式軟烘經旋塗的基體,其中使用氮氣來將經旋塗的基體恰好保持在熱板上方。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked in proximity mode on a hot plate, with nitrogen gas used to hold the spin-coated substrate just above the hot plate.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,在熱板上以完全接觸模式軟烘經旋塗的基體,其中經旋塗的基體與熱板表面直接接觸。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked on a hot plate in full contact mode, where the spin-coated substrate is in direct contact with the hot plate surface.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用接近模式和完全接觸模式的組合在熱板上軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked on a hot plate using a combination of proximity mode and full contact mode.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在80℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 80°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在90℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 90°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在100℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 100°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在110℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 110°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在120℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 120°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在130℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 130°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,使用設定在140℃的熱板軟烘經旋塗的基體。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked using a hot plate set at 140°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘超過10分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of more than 10 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於10分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 10 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於8分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 8 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於6分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 6 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘4分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of 4 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於4分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 4 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將經旋塗的基體軟烘少於2分鐘的總時間。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the spin-coated substrate is soft-baked for a total time of less than 2 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在2個預先選擇的溫度下固化2個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 2 preselected temperatures for 2 preselected time intervals, where the time intervals may be the same or different .

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在3個預先選擇的溫度下固化3個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 3 pre-selected temperatures for 3 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在4個預先選擇的溫度下固化4個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 4 preselected temperatures for 4 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在5個預先選擇的溫度下固化5個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 5 pre-selected temperatures for 5 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在6個預先選擇的溫度下固化6個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 6 pre-selected temperatures for 6 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在7個預先選擇的溫度下固化7個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 7 pre-selected temperatures for 7 pre-selected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在8個預先選擇的溫度固化8個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 8 preselected temperatures for 8 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be the same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在9個預先選擇的溫度下固化9個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 9 preselected temperatures for 9 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,將軟烘的經旋塗的基體隨後在10個預先選擇的溫度下固化10個預先選擇的時間間隔,其中該等時間間隔中的每一個可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments of the modified thermal conversion method, the soft-baked spin-coated substrate is then cured at 10 preselected temperatures for 10 preselected time intervals, where each of the time intervals may be Same or different.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於80℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 80°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於100℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 100°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於100℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 100°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於150℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 150°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於150℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 150°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於200℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 200°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於200℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 200°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於220℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 220°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於220℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 220°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於230℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 230°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於230℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 230°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於240℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 240°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於240℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 240°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於250℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 250°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於250℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 250°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於260℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 260°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於260℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 260°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於270℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 270°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於270℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 270°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於280℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 280°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於280℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 280°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於290℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 290°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度大於290℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is greater than 290°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度等於300℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is equal to 300°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度小於300℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is less than 300°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度小於290℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is less than 290°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度小於280℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is less than 280°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度小於270℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is less than 270°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度小於260℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is less than 260°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的溫度小於250℃。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the preselected temperature is less than 250°C.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係2分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 2 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係5分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 5 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係10分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 10 minutes.

在改進型轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係15分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved transformation method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 15 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係20分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 20 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係25分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 25 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係30分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 30 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係35分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 35 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係40分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 40 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係45分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 45 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係50分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 50 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係55分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 55 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個係60分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals is 60 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個大於60分鐘。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are greater than 60 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個在2分鐘與60分鐘之間。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are between 2 minutes and 60 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個在2分鐘與90分鐘之間。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are between 2 minutes and 90 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,預先選擇的時間間隔中的一個或多個在2分鐘與120分鐘之間。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, one or more of the preselected time intervals are between 2 minutes and 120 minutes.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法按順序包括以下步驟:將在高沸點非質子溶劑中包含兩種或更多種四羧酸組分和一種或多種二胺組分以及轉化化學品的聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上;軟烘該經旋塗的基體;在多個預先選擇的溫度下將該軟烘的經旋塗的基體處理多個預先選擇的時間間隔,由此該聚醯亞胺膜表現出滿足用於電子應用如本文揭露的那些應用的特性。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, a method for preparing a polyimide membrane sequentially includes the following steps: containing two or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one in a high-boiling aprotic solvent. Spin-coating a polyamide solution of a diamine component or a plurality of diamine components and a conversion chemical onto a substrate; soft-baking the spin-coated substrate; treating the soft-baked spin-coated substrate at a plurality of preselected temperatures A plurality of preselected time intervals whereby the polyimide film exhibits characteristics satisfactory for use in electronic applications such as those disclosed herein.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法按順序由以下步驟組成:將在高沸點非質子溶劑中包含兩種或更多種四羧酸組分和一種或多種二胺組分以及轉化化學品的聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上;軟烘該經旋塗的基體;在多個預先選擇的溫度下將該軟烘的經旋塗的基體處理多個預先選擇的時間間隔,由此該聚醯亞胺膜表現出滿足用於電子應用如本文揭露的那些應用的特性。In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, a method for preparing a polyimide membrane consists of the following steps in sequence: containing two or more tetracarboxylic acid components and Spin-coating a polyamide solution of one or more diamine components and conversion chemicals onto a substrate; soft-bake the spin-coated substrate; and bake the soft-bake spin-coated substrate at a plurality of preselected temperatures The polyimide film is treated for a plurality of preselected time intervals whereby the polyimide film exhibits properties satisfactory for use in electronic applications such as those disclosed herein.

在改進型熱轉化方法的一些實施方式中,用於製備聚醯亞胺膜的方法按順序主要由以下步驟組成:將在高沸點非質子溶劑中包含兩種或更多種四羧酸組分和一種或多種二胺組分以及轉化化學品的聚醯胺酸溶液旋塗到基體上;軟烘該經旋塗的基體;在多個預先選擇的溫度下將該軟烘的經旋塗的基體處理多個預先選擇的時間間隔,由此該聚醯亞胺膜表現出滿足用於電子應用如本文揭露的那些應用的特性。 5.電子裝置In some embodiments of the improved thermal conversion method, the method for preparing a polyimide membrane mainly consists of the following steps in sequence: two or more tetracarboxylic acid components are included in a high-boiling aprotic solvent. Spin-coat a polyamide solution with one or more diamine components and conversion chemicals onto a substrate; soft-bake the spin-coated substrate; and bake the soft-bake spin-coated substrate at a plurality of preselected temperatures. The substrate is treated for a plurality of preselected time intervals whereby the polyimide film exhibits properties satisfactory for electronic applications such as those disclosed herein. 5. Electronic devices

本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜可以適用於電子顯示裝置(如OLED和LCD顯示器)中的多個層。此類層的非限制性實例包括裝置基板、觸摸面板、濾光片的基板、覆蓋膜等。每種應用的特定材料的特性要求係獨特的,並且可以藉由本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜的一種或多種適當組成和一種或多種加工條件解決。The polyimide films disclosed herein may be suitable for use as multiple layers in electronic display devices such as OLED and LCD displays. Non-limiting examples of such layers include device substrates, touch panels, substrates for optical filters, cover films, and the like. The specific material property requirements of each application are unique and may be addressed by one or more appropriate compositions and one or more processing conditions of the polyimide films disclosed herein.

在一些實施方式中,電子裝置中玻璃的柔性替代物係如以上詳細描述的具有式III的重複單元的聚醯亞胺膜。In some embodiments, flexible alternatives to glass in electronic devices are polyimide films having repeating units of Formula III as described in detail above.

可得益於具有一個或多個包括至少一種如本文所述的化合物的層的有機電子裝置包括但不限於:(1) 將電能轉換為輻射的裝置(例如發光二極體、發光二極體顯示器、照明裝置、光源、或二極體雷射器),(2) 藉由電子方法檢測信號的裝置(例如光電檢測器、光導電池、光敏電阻器、光控繼電器、光電電晶體、光電管、IR檢測器、生物感測器),(3) 將輻射轉換為電能的裝置(例如光伏裝置或太陽能電池),(4) 將一個波長的光轉換成更長波長的光的裝置(例如,下變頻磷光體裝置);以及 (5) 包括一個或多個電子部件的裝置,該一個或多個電子部件包括一個或多個有機半導體層(例如,電晶體或二極體)。根據本發明的組成物的其他用途包括用於記憶存儲裝置的塗布材料、抗靜電膜、生物感測器、電致變色裝置、固體電解電容器、儲能裝置(如可再充電電池)和電磁遮罩應用。Organic electronic devices that may benefit from having one or more layers including at least one compound as described herein include, but are not limited to: (1) devices that convert electrical energy into radiation (e.g., light-emitting diodes, light-emitting diodes displays, lighting devices, light sources, or diode lasers), (2) devices that detect signals by electronic means (such as photodetectors, photoconductive cells, photoresistors, photorelays, phototransistors, phototubes, IR detectors, biosensors), (3) devices that convert radiation into electrical energy (such as photovoltaic devices or solar cells), (4) devices that convert one wavelength of light into a longer wavelength (such as frequency conversion phosphor device); and (5) a device including one or more electronic components including one or more organic semiconductor layers (eg, transistors or diodes). Other uses of compositions according to the present invention include coating materials for memory storage devices, antistatic films, biosensors, electrochromic devices, solid electrolytic capacitors, energy storage devices (such as rechargeable batteries) and electromagnetic shielding hood application.

圖1中示出可以充當如本文所述的玻璃的柔性替代物的聚醯亞胺膜的一個圖示。柔性膜100可以具有如本揭露的實施方式中所述的特性。在一些實施方式中,可以充當玻璃的柔性替代物的聚醯亞胺膜被包括在電子裝置中。圖2說明電子裝置200係有機電子裝置時的情況。 裝置200具有基板100、陽極層110和第二電接觸層、陰極層130、以及在它們之間的光活性層120。可以視需要存在附加的層。鄰近該陽極的可以是電洞注入層(未示出),有時稱為緩衝層。鄰近該電洞注入層的可以是包含電洞傳輸材料的電洞傳輸層(未示出)。鄰近該陰極的可以是包含電子傳輸材料的電子傳輸層(未示出)。作為一種選擇,裝置可以使用一個或多個緊鄰陽極110的附加的電洞注入層或電洞傳輸層(未示出)和/或一個或多個緊鄰陰極130的附加的電子注入層或電子傳輸層(未示出)。在110與130之間的層單獨地且統稱為有機活性層。可以或可以不存在的附加的層包括濾光片、觸摸面板和/或護板。該等層中的一個或多個(除了基板100外)也可以由本文揭露的聚醯亞胺膜製成。An illustration of a polyimide film that can serve as a flexible alternative to glass as described herein is shown in Figure 1 . Flexible film 100 may have properties as described in embodiments of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, polyimide films that can serve as flexible alternatives to glass are included in electronic devices. FIG. 2 illustrates the situation when the electronic device 200 is an organic electronic device. Device 200 has a substrate 100, an anode layer 110 and a second electrical contact layer, a cathode layer 130, and a photoactive layer 120 between them. Additional layers may be present as needed. Adjacent to the anode may be a hole injection layer (not shown), sometimes called a buffer layer. Adjacent to the hole injection layer may be a hole transport layer (not shown) including a hole transport material. Adjacent to the cathode may be an electron transport layer (not shown) containing electron transport material. As an option, the device may use one or more additional hole injection or hole transport layers (not shown) proximate the anode 110 and/or one or more additional electron injection or electron transport layers proximate the cathode 130 layer (not shown). The layers between 110 and 130 are individually and collectively referred to as organic active layers. Additional layers that may or may not be present include filters, touch panels, and/or shields. One or more of these layers (other than substrate 100) may also be made of the polyimide films disclosed herein.

這裡將參照圖2進一步討論該等不同的層。然而,該討論同樣適用於其他構型。These different layers will be discussed further here with reference to FIG. 2 . However, the discussion applies equally to other configurations.

在一些實施方式中,不同的層具有以下厚度範圍:基板100,5-100微米,陽極110,500-5000 Å,在一些實施方式中,1000-2000 Å;電洞注入層(未示出),50-2000 Å,在一些實施方式中,200-1000 Å;電洞傳輸層(未示出),50-3000 Å,在一些實施方式中,200-2000 Å;光活性層120,10-2000 Å,在一些實施方式中,100-1000 Å;電子傳輸層(未示出),50-2000 Å,在一些實施方式中,100-1000 Å;陰極130,200-10000 Å,在一些實施方式中,300-5000 Å。所希望的層厚度的比率將取決於所用材料的確切性質。In some embodiments, the different layers have the following thickness ranges: substrate 100, 5-100 microns, anode 110, 500-5000 Å, in some embodiments 1000-2000 Å; hole injection layer (not shown) , 50-2000 Å, in some embodiments, 200-1000 Å; hole transport layer (not shown), 50-3000 Å, in some embodiments, 200-2000 Å; photoactive layer 120, 10- 2000 Å, in some embodiments, 100-1000 Å; electron transport layer (not shown), 50-2000 Å, in some embodiments, 100-1000 Å; cathode 130, 200-10000 Å, in some embodiments mode, 300-5000 Å. The desired ratio of layer thicknesses will depend on the exact properties of the materials used.

在一些實施方式中,有機電子裝置(OLED)含有如本文揭露的玻璃的柔性替代物。In some embodiments, organic electronic devices (OLEDs) contain flexible alternatives to glass as disclosed herein.

在一些實施方式中,有機電子裝置包括基板、陽極、陰極和在其間的光活性層,並且進一步包括一個或多個附加的有機活性層。在一些實施方式中,該附加的有機活性層係電洞傳輸層。在一些實施方式中,該附加的有機活性層係電子傳輸層。在一些實施方式中,該附加的有機層係電洞傳輸層和電子傳輸層兩者。In some embodiments, an organic electronic device includes a substrate, an anode, a cathode, and a photoactive layer therebetween, and further includes one or more additional organic active layers. In some embodiments, the additional organic active layer is a hole transport layer. In some embodiments, the additional organic active layer is an electron transport layer. In some embodiments, the additional organic layer is both a hole transport layer and an electron transport layer.

陽極110係對於注入正電荷載體尤其有效的電極。其可由例如含有金屬、混合金屬、合金、金屬氧化物或混合金屬氧化物的材料製成,或者其可為導電聚合物、以及它們的混合物。合適的金屬包括第11族金屬,第4、5和6族中的金屬和第8-10族的過渡金屬。如果陽極係要透光的,則一般使用第12、13和14族金屬的混合金屬氧化物,如氧化銦錫。該陽極還可包含有機材料如聚苯胺,如在「Flexible light-emittingdiodes made from soluble conducting polymer [由可溶性導電聚合物製成的柔性發光二極體]」,Nature [自然],第357卷,第477-479頁(1992年6月11日)中所述。陽極和陰極中的至少一個應係至少部分透明的以允許產生的光被觀察到。Anode 110 is an electrode that is particularly effective for injecting positive charge carriers. It can be made of materials containing, for example, metals, mixed metals, alloys, metal oxides or mixed metal oxides, or it can be conductive polymers, and mixtures thereof. Suitable metals include the metals of Group 11, the metals of Groups 4, 5 and 6 and the transition metals of Groups 8-10. If the anode system is to be light-transmissive, mixed metal oxides of Group 12, 13, and 14 metals, such as indium tin oxide, are generally used. The anode may also contain organic materials such as polyaniline, as described in "Flexible light-emittingdiodes made from soluble conducting polymer [Flexible light-emitting diodes made from soluble conducting polymer]", Nature, vol. 357, no. Described on pages 477-479 (June 11, 1992). At least one of the anode and cathode should be at least partially transparent to allow the generated light to be observed.

視需要的電洞注入層可以包括電洞注入材料。術語「電洞注入層」或「電洞注入材料」旨在係指導電或半導電材料,並且在有機電子裝置中可具有一種或多種功能,包括但不限於下層的平面化、電荷傳輸和/或電荷注入特性、雜質如氧或金屬離子的清除、以及有利於或改善有機電子裝置的性能的其他方面。電洞注入材料可以是聚合物、低聚物或小分子,並且可以是呈溶液、分散體、懸浮液、乳液、膠體混合物或其他組成物的形式。The optional hole injection layer may include hole injection material. The term "hole injection layer" or "hole injection material" is intended to refer to a conductive or semiconducting material and may have one or more functions in an organic electronic device, including but not limited to planarization of underlying layers, charge transport, and/or or charge injection characteristics, removal of impurities such as oxygen or metal ions, and other aspects that benefit or improve the performance of organic electronic devices. Hole injection materials can be polymers, oligomers, or small molecules, and can be in the form of solutions, dispersions, suspensions, emulsions, colloidal mixtures, or other compositions.

電洞注入層可用聚合物材料形成,如聚苯胺(PANI)或聚乙烯二氧噻吩(PEDOT),該等聚合物材料通常摻雜有質子酸。質子酸可以是例如聚(苯乙烯磺酸)、聚(2-丙烯醯胺基-2-甲基-1-丙磺酸)等。電洞注入層120可包含電荷轉移化合物等,如銅酞青和四硫富瓦烯-四氰基對苯二醌二甲烷系統(TTF-TCNQ)。在一些實施方式中,電洞注入層120由導電聚合物和膠體形成聚合物酸的分散體製成。此類材料已經在例如公佈的美國專利申請2004-0102577、2004-0127637和2005-0205860中描述。The hole injection layer can be formed of polymer materials, such as polyaniline (PANI) or polyethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT). These polymer materials are usually doped with protonic acid. The protonic acid may be, for example, poly(styrenesulfonic acid), poly(2-acrylamide-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid), or the like. The hole injection layer 120 may include charge transfer compounds, such as cuprophthalocyanine and tetrathiafulvalene-tetracyanoterephthaloquinodimethane system (TTF-TCNQ). In some embodiments, hole injection layer 120 is made from a dispersion of a conductive polymer and a colloid-forming polymer acid. Such materials have been described, for example, in published US patent applications 2004-0102577, 2004-0127637, and 2005-0205860.

其他層可包含電洞傳輸材料。用於電洞傳輸層的電洞傳輸材料的實例已概述於例如Y. Wang的Kirk‑Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology [柯克•奧思默化工百科全書],第四版,第18卷,第837-860頁,1996中。電洞傳輸小分子和聚合物二者均可使用。常用的電洞傳輸分子包括但不限於:4,4’,4”-三(N,N-二苯基-胺基)-三苯胺(TDATA);4,4’,4”-三(N-3-甲基苯基-N-苯基-胺基)-三苯胺(MTDATA);N,N’‑二苯基-N,N’-雙(3-甲基苯基)-[1,1’-聯苯基]-4,4’-二胺(TPD);4,4’-雙(咔唑-9-基)聯苯(CBP);1,3-雙(咔唑-9-基)苯(mCP);1,1‑雙[(二-4-甲苯基胺基)苯基]環己烷(TAPC);N,N’‑雙(4-甲基苯基)-N,N’-雙(4-乙基苯基)-[1,1’-(3,3’-二甲基)聯苯基]-4,4’-二胺(ETPD);四‑(3-甲基苯基)-N,N,N’,N’-2,5-苯二胺(PDA);α-苯基‑4-N,N-二苯基胺基苯乙烯(TPS);對‑(二乙基胺基)苯甲醛二苯腙(DEH);三苯胺(TPA);雙[4‑(N,N-二乙基胺基)-2-甲基苯基](4-甲基苯基)甲烷(MPMP);1‑苯基-3-[對-(二乙基胺基)苯乙烯基]-5-[對-(二乙基胺基)苯基]吡唑啉(PPR或DEASP);1,2‑反式-雙(9H-咔唑-9-基)環丁烷(DCZB);N,N,N’,N’‑四(4-甲基苯基)-(1,1’-聯苯基)-4,4’-二胺(TTB);N,N’-雙(萘-1-基)-N,N’-雙-(苯基)聯苯胺(α-NPB);以及卟啉化合物,如銅酞青。常用的電洞傳輸聚合物包括但不限於聚乙烯咔唑、(苯基甲基)聚矽烷、聚(二氧噻吩)、聚苯胺、以及聚吡咯。還可能藉由將電洞傳輸分子如上述那些摻入聚合物如聚苯乙烯和聚碳酸酯中來獲得電洞傳輸聚合物。在一些情況下,使用三芳基胺聚合物,尤其是三芳基胺-茀共聚物。在一些情況下,所述聚合物和共聚物係可交聯的。可交聯電洞傳輸聚合物的實例可見於例如公佈的美國專利申請2005-0184287和公佈的PCT申請WO 2005/052027中。在一些實施方式中,電洞傳輸層摻雜有p型摻雜劑,如四氟四氰基喹啉二甲烷和苝-3,4,9,10-四羧基-3,4,9,10-二酐。Other layers may contain hole transport materials. Examples of hole transport materials for use in hole transport layers have been summarized, for example, in Y. Wang, Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 4th Edition, Volume 18, Page 837 -860 pages, 1996. Both hole transporting small molecules and polymers can be used. Commonly used hole transport molecules include but are not limited to: 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenyl-amino)-triphenylamine (TDATA); 4,4',4"-tris(N -3-Methylphenyl-N-phenyl-amino)-triphenylamine (MTDATA); N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-[1, 1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (TPD); 4,4'-bis(carbazol-9-yl)biphenyl (CBP); 1,3-bis(carbazole-9- methyl)benzene (mCP); 1,1-bis[(di-4-tolylamino)phenyl]cyclohexane (TAPC); N,N'-bis(4-methylphenyl)-N, N'-Bis(4-ethylphenyl)-[1,1'-(3,3'-dimethyl)biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (ETPD); Tetra-(3- Methylphenyl)-N,N,N',N'-2,5-phenylenediamine (PDA); α-phenyl-4-N,N-diphenylaminostyrene (TPS); p -(diethylamino)benzaldehyde diphenylhydrazone (DEH); triphenylamine (TPA); bis[4-(N,N-diethylamino)-2-methylphenyl](4-methyl methylphenyl)methane (MPMP); 1-phenyl-3-[p-(diethylamino)styryl]-5-[p-(diethylamino)phenyl]pyrazoline ( PPR or DEASP); 1,2-trans-bis(9H-carbazol-9-yl)cyclobutane (DCZB); N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(4-methylphenyl)- (1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine (TTB); N,N'-bis(naphthyl-1-yl)-N,N'-bis-(phenyl)benzidine (TTB) α-NPB); and porphyrin compounds such as copper phthalocyanine. Commonly used hole transport polymers include, but are not limited to, polyvinylcarbazole, (phenylmethyl)polysilane, poly(dioxythiophene), polyaniline, and polypyrrole. It is also possible to obtain hole transporting polymers by incorporating hole transporting molecules such as those described above into polymers such as polystyrene and polycarbonate. In some cases, triarylamine polymers are used, especially triarylamine-fluorine copolymers. In some cases, the polymers and copolymers are cross-linkable. Examples of crosslinkable hole-transporting polymers can be found, for example, in published US patent application 2005-0184287 and published PCT application WO 2005/052027. In some embodiments, the hole transport layer is doped with p-type dopants, such as tetrafluorotetracyanoquinolinodimethane and perylene-3,4,9,10-tetracarboxy-3,4,9,10 -Dianhydride.

根據裝置的應用,光活性層120可以是由所施加的電壓激活的發光層(如在發光二極體或發光電化學電池中)、吸收光並且發射具有更長波長的光的材料層(如在下變頻磷光體裝置中)、或響應於輻射能並且在或不在所施加的偏壓下生成信號的材料層(如在光電檢測器或光伏裝置中)。Depending on the application of the device, the photoactive layer 120 may be a light-emitting layer activated by an applied voltage (as in a light-emitting diode or a light-emitting electrochemical cell), a material layer that absorbs light and emits light with a longer wavelength (as in a light-emitting diode or a light-emitting electrochemical cell). in a downconverting phosphor device), or a layer of material that responds to radiant energy and generates a signal with or without an applied bias voltage (as in a photodetector or photovoltaic device).

在一些實施方式中,光活性層包含化合物,該化合物包含作為光活性材料的發射化合物。在一些實施方式中,光活性層進一步包含主體材料。主體材料的實例包括但不限於䓛、菲、苯並菲、啡啉、萘、蒽、喹啉、異喹啉、喹㗁啉、苯基吡啶、咔唑、吲哚並咔唑、呋喃、苯並呋喃、二苯並呋喃、苯並二呋喃和金屬喹啉錯合物。在一些實施方式中,主體材料係氘代的。In some embodiments, the photoactive layer includes a compound that includes an emissive compound as a photoactive material. In some embodiments, the photoactive layer further includes a host material. Examples of host materials include, but are not limited to, phenanthrene, benzophenanthrene, phenanthroline, naphthalene, anthracene, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinoline, phenylpyridine, carbazole, indolocarbazole, furan, benzene Furans, dibenzofurans, benzodifurans and metal quinoline complexes. In some embodiments, the host material is deuterated.

在一些實施方式中,光活性層包含 (a) 能夠具有在380與750 nm之間的發射最大值的電致發光的摻雜劑,(b) 第一主體化合物,以及 (c) 第二主體化合物。上文描述了合適的第二主體化合物。In some embodiments, the photoactive layer includes (a) an electroluminescent dopant capable of having an emission maximum between 380 and 750 nm, (b) a first host compound, and (c) a second host compound. Suitable second host compounds are described above.

在一些實施方式中,光活性層僅包括 (a) 能夠具有在380與750 nm之間的發射最大值的電致發光的摻雜劑,(b) 第一主體化合物,以及 (c) 第二主體化合物,其中不存在將實質上改變層的操作原理或區別特徵的附加材料。In some embodiments, the photoactive layer includes only (a) an electroluminescent dopant capable of having an emission maximum between 380 and 750 nm, (b) a first host compound, and (c) a second A host compound in which no additional materials are present that would materially alter the operating principles or distinguishing characteristics of the layer.

在一些實施方式中,基於在光活性層中的重量,第一主體以比第二主體更高的濃度存在。In some embodiments, the first host is present at a higher concentration than the second host based on weight in the photoactive layer.

在一些實施方式中,光活性層中第一主體與第二主體的重量比在10 : 1至1 : 10的範圍內。在一些實施方式中,該重量比在6 : 1至1 : 6;在一些實施方式中,5 : 1至1 : 2;在一些實施方式中,3 : 1至1 : 1。In some embodiments, the weight ratio of the first host to the second host in the photoactive layer is in the range of 10:1 to 1:10. In some embodiments, the weight ratio is from 6:1 to 1:6; in some embodiments, from 5:1 to 1:2; in some embodiments, from 3:1 to 1:1.

在一些實施方式中,摻雜劑與總主體的重量比在1 : 99至20 : 80;在一些實施方式中,5 : 95至15 : 85。In some embodiments, the weight ratio of dopant to total host ranges from 1:99 to 20:80; in some embodiments, from 5:95 to 15:85.

在一些實施方式中,光活性層包含 (a) 發射紅光的摻雜劑,(b) 第一主體化合物,以及 (c) 第二主體化合物。In some embodiments, the photoactive layer includes (a) a red light-emitting dopant, (b) a first host compound, and (c) a second host compound.

在一些實施方式中,光活性層包含 (a) 發射綠光的摻雜劑,(b) 第一主體化合物,以及 (c) 第二主體化合物。In some embodiments, the photoactive layer includes (a) a green light-emitting dopant, (b) a first host compound, and (c) a second host compound.

在一些實施方式中,光活性層包含 (a) 發射黃光的摻雜劑,(b) 第一主體化合物,以及 (c) 第二主體化合物。In some embodiments, the photoactive layer includes (a) a yellow light-emitting dopant, (b) a first host compound, and (c) a second host compound.

視需要的層可以同時起到促進電子傳輸的作用,並且還用作約束層以防止激子在層介面處猝滅。較佳的是,該層促進電子移動性並減少激子淬滅。Optionally, the layers can function simultaneously to facilitate electron transport and also serve as confinement layers to prevent quenching of excitons at the layer interface. Preferably, this layer promotes electron mobility and reduces exciton quenching.

在一些實施方式中,此類層包括其他電子傳輸材料。可用於視需要的電子傳輸層的電子傳輸材料的實例包括金屬螯合的類喔星(oxinoid)化合物,包括金屬喹啉鹽衍生物如三(8-羥基喹啉合)鋁(AlQ)、雙(2-甲基-8-羥基喹啉合)(對苯基苯酚合)鋁(BAlq)、四-(8-羥基喹啉合)鉿(HfQ)和四-(8-羥基喹啉合)鋯(ZrQ);以及唑類化合物,如2-(4-聯苯基)-5-(4-三級丁基苯基)-1,3,4-㗁二唑(PBD)、3-(4-聯苯基)-4-苯基-5-(4-三級丁基苯基)-1,2,4-三唑(TAZ)以及1,3,5-三(苯基-2-苯並咪唑)苯(TPBI);喹㗁啉衍生物,如2,3-雙(4-氟苯基)喹㗁啉;啡啉,如4,7-二苯基-1,10-啡啉(DPA)和2,9-二甲基-4,7-二苯基-1,10-啡啉(DDPA);三𠯤;富勒烯;及其混合物。在一些實施方式中,該電子傳輸材料選自由以下各項組成之群組:金屬喹啉鹽和啡啉衍生物。在一些實施方式中,該電子傳輸層進一步包含n型摻雜劑。N型摻雜劑材料係眾所周知的。n型摻雜劑包括但不限於第1族和第2族金屬;第1族和第2族金屬鹽,如LiF、CsF和Cs2 CO3 ;第1族和第2族金屬有機化合物,如喹啉鋰;以及分子n型摻雜劑,如無色染料、金屬錯合物,如W2 (hpp)4 (其中hpp = 1,3,4,6,7,8-六氫-2H-嘧啶並-[1,2-a]-嘧啶)和二茂鈷、四硫雜並四苯、雙(伸乙基二硫代)四硫富瓦烯、雜環基團或二價基團、以及雜環基團或二價基團的二聚體、低聚物、聚合物、二螺化合物和多環化物。In some embodiments, such layers include other electron transport materials. Examples of electron transport materials that may be used in the optional electron transport layer include metal-chelated oxinoid compounds, including metal quinolate derivatives such as tris(8-hydroxyquinolate)aluminum (AlQ), bis (2-Methyl-8-hydroxyquinolate)(p-phenylphenolate)aluminum (BAlq), tetrakis-(8-hydroxyquinolate)hafnium (HfQ) and tetrakis-(8-hydroxyquinolate) Zirconium (ZrQ); and azole compounds, such as 2-(4-biphenyl)-5-(4-tertiary butylphenyl)-1,3,4-diadiazole (PBD), 3-( 4-biphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-tertiary butylphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (TAZ) and 1,3,5-tris(phenyl-2- Benzimidazole)benzene (TPBI); quinziline derivatives, such as 2,3-bis(4-fluorophenyl)quinoline; phenanthroline, such as 4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (DPA) and 2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (DDPA); trisulfonate; fullerene; and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the electron transport material is selected from the group consisting of metal quinoline salts and phenanthroline derivatives. In some embodiments, the electron transport layer further includes an n-type dopant. N-type dopant materials are well known. n-type dopants include, but are not limited to, Group 1 and 2 metals; Group 1 and 2 metal salts such as LiF, CsF and Cs 2 CO 3 ; Group 1 and 2 metal organic compounds such as Lithium quinolate; and molecular n-type dopants, such as leuco dyes, metal complexes, such as W 2 (hpp) 4 (where hpp = 1,3,4,6,7,8-hexahydro-2H-pyrimidine and -[1,2-a]-pyrimidine) and cobaltinocene, tetrathiotetracene, bis(ethylidenedithio)tetrathiafulvalene, a heterocyclic group or a divalent group, and Dimers, oligomers, polymers, bispiro compounds and polycyclates of heterocyclic groups or divalent groups.

可以在電子傳輸層上沈積視需要的電子注入層。電子注入材料的實例包括但不限於含Li的有機金屬化合物,LiF、Li2 O、喹啉鋰;含Cs的有機金屬化合物,CsF、Cs2 O和Cs2 CO3 。該層可與下面的電子傳輸層、上面覆蓋的陰極或兩者反應。當存在電子注入層時,沈積的材料的量通常在1-100 Å的範圍內,在一些實施方式中1-10 Å。An optional electron injection layer can be deposited on the electron transport layer. Examples of electron injection materials include, but are not limited to, Li-containing organometallic compounds, LiF, Li 2 O, lithium quinolate; Cs-containing organometallic compounds, CsF, Cs 2 O and Cs 2 CO 3 . This layer can react with the underlying electron transport layer, the overlying cathode, or both. When an electron injection layer is present, the amount of material deposited is typically in the range of 1-100 Å, in some embodiments 1-10 Å.

陰極130係對於注入電子或負電荷載體尤其有效的電極。陰極可以是具有低於陽極的功函的任何金屬或非金屬。用於陰極的材料可以選自第1族的鹼金屬(例如,Li、Cs),第2族(鹼土)金屬,第12族金屬,包括稀土元素和鑭系元素,以及錒系元素。可以使用如鋁、銦、鈣、鋇、釤和鎂、以及組合的材料。Cathode 130 is an electrode that is particularly effective for injecting electrons or negative charge carriers. The cathode can be any metal or non-metal that has a lower work function than the anode. Materials used for the cathode may be selected from the group 1 alkali metals (eg, Li, Cs), Group 2 (alkaline earth) metals, Group 12 metals, including rare earth elements and lanthanides, and actinides. Materials such as aluminum, indium, calcium, barium, samarium and magnesium, and combinations may be used.

已知在有機電子裝置中具有其他層。例如,在陽極110與電洞注入層(未示出)之間可存在多個層(未示出)以控製注入的正電荷的量和/或提供層的帶隙匹配,或用作保護層。可以使用本領域中已知的層,如銅酞菁、氧氮化矽、碳氟化合物、矽烷或金屬如Pt的超薄層。可替代地,可以對陽極層110、活性層120或陰極層130中的一些或全部進行表面處理以增加電荷載體傳輸效率。較佳的是藉由平衡發射極層中的正電荷和負電荷來確定每個部件層的材料的選擇,以提供具有高電致發光效率的裝置。It is known to have other layers in organic electronic devices. For example, multiple layers (not shown) may be present between the anode 110 and the hole injection layer (not shown) to control the amount of positive charge injected and/or to provide bandgap matching of the layers, or to serve as protective layers . Layers known in the art may be used, such as ultra-thin layers of copper phthalocyanine, silicon oxynitride, fluorocarbons, silane or metals such as Pt. Alternatively, some or all of the anode layer 110, the active layer 120, or the cathode layer 130 may be surface treated to increase charge carrier transfer efficiency. The selection of materials for each component layer is preferably determined by balancing the positive and negative charges in the emitter layer to provide a device with high electroluminescence efficiency.

應當理解,每個功能層可由多於一個層構成。It should be understood that each functional layer can be composed of more than one layer.

裝置層通常可以藉由任何沈積技術或技術的組合形成,包括氣相沈積、液相沈積和熱轉移。可使用如玻璃、塑膠和金屬的基板。可使用常規的氣相沈積技術,如熱蒸發、化學氣相沈積等。可使用常規的塗布或印刷技術,包括但不限於旋塗、浸塗、卷對卷技術、噴墨印刷、連續噴嘴印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷等,由合適溶劑中的溶液或分散體來施用有機層。Device layers may generally be formed by any deposition technique or combination of techniques, including vapor deposition, liquid deposition, and thermal transfer. Substrates such as glass, plastic and metal can be used. Conventional vapor deposition techniques can be used, such as thermal evaporation, chemical vapor deposition, etc. Conventional coating or printing techniques may be used, including but not limited to spin coating, dip coating, roll-to-roll techniques, inkjet printing, continuous nozzle printing, screen printing, gravure printing, etc., from solutions or dispersions in suitable solvents. Apply an organic layer.

對於液相沈積方法,熟悉該項技術者可容易地確定用於特定化合物或相關類別化合物的合適溶劑。對於一些應用,希望該等化合物溶解於非水溶劑中。 此類非水溶劑可以是相對極性的,如C1 至C20 醇、醚和酸酯,或可以是相對非極性的,如C1 至C12 烷烴或芳香族化合物如甲苯、二甲苯、三氟甲苯等。其他合適的用於製造包括新化合物的液體組成物的液體(如在此所述的作為溶液或分散體)包括但不限於氯化烴(如二氯甲烷、氯仿、氯苯)、芳烴(如取代的和未取代的甲苯和二甲苯,包括三氟甲苯)、極性溶劑(如四氫呋喃(THP)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮)、酯(如乙酸乙酯)、醇(異丙醇)、酮(環戊酮)、以及它們的混合物。用於電致發光材料的合適溶劑已經在例如公佈的PCT申請WO 2007/145979中進行了描述。For liquid phase deposition methods, one skilled in the art can readily determine suitable solvents for a particular compound or a related class of compounds. For some applications it is desirable that the compounds be soluble in non-aqueous solvents. Such non-aqueous solvents may be relatively polar, such as C 1 to C 20 alcohols, ethers and acid esters, or may be relatively non-polar, such as C 1 to C 12 alkanes or aromatic compounds such as toluene, xylene, trisethylene, Fluorotoluene, etc. Other suitable liquids for making liquid compositions including novel compounds (as described herein as solutions or dispersions) include, but are not limited to, chlorinated hydrocarbons (e.g., methylene chloride, chloroform, chlorobenzene), aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., Substituted and unsubstituted toluenes and xylenes, including trifluorotoluene), polar solvents (such as tetrahydrofuran (THP), N-methylpyrrolidone), esters (such as ethyl acetate), alcohols (isopropyl alcohol), Ketones (cyclopentanone), and their mixtures. Suitable solvents for electroluminescent materials have been described, for example, in published PCT application WO 2007/145979.

在一些實施方式中,該裝置藉由將電洞注入層、電洞傳輸層和光活性層液相沈積,以及藉由陽極、電子傳輸層、電子注入層和陰極氣相沈積到柔性基板上而製成。In some embodiments, the device is fabricated by liquid deposition of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, and a photoactive layer, and by vapor deposition of an anode, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, and a cathode onto a flexible substrate. become.

應當理解,可藉由優化裝置中的其他層來改進裝置的效率。例如,可使用更有效的陰極如Ca、Ba或LiF。導致操作電壓降低或增加量子效率的成型基板和新型電洞傳輸材料也是可應用的。還可添加附加層以定製各種層的能級並且促進電致發光。It will be appreciated that the efficiency of the device can be improved by optimizing other layers in the device. For example, more efficient cathodes such as Ca, Ba or LiF can be used. Shaped substrates and novel hole transport materials that result in lower operating voltages or increased quantum efficiencies are also applicable. Additional layers can also be added to tailor the energy levels of the various layers and promote electroluminescence.

在一些實施方式中,該裝置按順序具有以下結構:基板、陽極、電洞注入層、電洞傳輸層、光活性層、電子傳輸層、電子注入層、陰極。In some embodiments, the device has the following structure in order: substrate, anode, hole injection layer, hole transport layer, photoactive layer, electron transport layer, electron injection layer, cathode.

儘管與本文所述的那些類似或等同的方法和材料可用於本發明的實踐或測試中,但是在下面描述了合適的方法和材料。此外,材料、方法和實例僅為說明性的並且不旨在係限制性的。本文提及的所有的公開物、專利申請、專利、以及其他參考文獻均藉由引用以其全文結合。 實例Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, suitable methods and materials are described below. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. All publications, patent applications, patents, and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety. Example

本文描述的概念將在以下實例中進一步描述,該等實例不限制申請專利範圍中所述的本發明的範圍。The concepts described herein are further described in the following examples, which do not limit the scope of the invention as described in the claimed claims.

在實例中,Mw係重量平均分子量;Mn係數目平均分子量;Mz係Z-平均分子量;並且Mp係峰分子量。 縮寫 APB-133 = 1,3’-雙(3-胺基-苯氧基)苯 BPDA = 3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四甲酸二酐 4,4’-DDS = 4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸 6FDA = 4,4’-六氟異亞丙基雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐 ODPA =4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐 PMDA = 均苯四甲酸二酐 TFMB = 2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺 XFDA = 11-甲基-11-(三氟甲基)-1H-二氟[3,4-b:3’,4’-i] 𠮿(口星)-1,3,7,9(11H)-四酮, 合成實例In an example, Mw is the weight average molecular weight; Mn is the number average molecular weight; Mz is the Z-average molecular weight; and Mp is the peak molecular weight. Abbreviation APB-133 = 1,3’-bis(3-amino-phenoxy)benzene BPDA = 3,3’,4,4’-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride 4,4’-DDS = 4,4’-Diaminodiphenylsine 6FDA = 4,4’-Hexafluoroisopropylidenebisphthalic dianhydride ODPA =4,4’-oxydiphthalic anhydride PMDA = pyromellitic dianhydride TFMB = 2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine XFDA = 11-methyl-11-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-difluoro[3,4-b:3',4'-i] 𠮿(口星)-1,3,7,9 (11H )-tetraketone, Synthetic example

該等實例說明了具有式I的化合物的製備。 合成實例1 2,6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-六氫-苯並[1,2-c:4,5-c’]二吡咯-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(2).These examples illustrate the preparation of compounds of formula I. Synthesis example 1 2,6-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-hexahydro-benzo[1,2-c :4,5-c']dipyrrole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone (2).

將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(171.4 g,535.3 mmol,4當量)、1,2,4,5-環己烷四甲酸二酐(5 g)、吡啶(50 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(200 ml)的混合物在130℃下在氮氣氛下加熱1小時。之後,在5小時期間內在130℃下以5 g份(總共30 g,總共133.8 mmol)添加剩餘量的1,2,4,5-環己烷四甲酸二酐。之後,將混合物在150℃下加熱2天,並且在180℃下加熱1天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,用10%乙酸乙酯和庚烷的熱混合物將殘餘物萃取幾次,以回收過量的2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺。將殘餘物吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸乙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物溶於乙酸乙酯和己烷1 : 1的混合物中,藉由過濾合併結晶產物,真空乾燥,以得到40.2 g化合物2 。化合物2 也可以藉由從粗反應混合物中直接結晶獲得。以這種方式,將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(171.4 g,535.3 mmol,4當量)、1,2,4,5-環己烷四甲酸二酐(5 g)、吡啶(50 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(200 ml)的混合物在130℃在氮氣氛下加熱1小時。之後,在5小時期間內在130℃下以5 g份(總共30 g)添加附加量的1,2,4,5-環己烷四甲酸二酐。之後,將混合物在150℃下加熱16小時。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,將殘餘物溶於1L 1 : 1乙酸乙酯和己烷中,並在環境溫度下靜置,定期收集沈澱的產物,以得到33.36 g產物。產物可以另外從乙酸丙酯中重結晶。1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 2.02-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.34 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.30 (m, 4H), 5.71 (s, 4H), 6.77 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.94-6.96 (m, 4H), 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.52 (2, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.68-7.70 (m, 2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 178.4, 149.5, 138.4, 133.6, 132.6, 132.1, 130.1, 128.3, 122.8, 122.2, 116.1, 110.7, 38.4, 22.3。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.4, 57.1。基質輔助雷射解吸/電離飛行時間質譜(「MALDI TOF MS」):829.1671 (MH+)。 合成實例2 2,6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-六氫-4,8-乙基橋苯並[1,2-c:4,5-c’]二吡咯-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(4). 方法A:Combine 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (171.4 g, 535.3 mmol, 4 equivalents), 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (5 g), pyridine (50 ml ) and N-methylpyrrolidone (200 ml) was heated at 130 °C under nitrogen atmosphere for 1 h. Afterwards, the remaining amount of 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added in 5 g portions (30 g total, 133.8 mmol total) at 130 °C over a period of 5 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was heated at 150°C for 2 days and at 180°C for 1 day. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was extracted several times with a hot mixture of 10% ethyl acetate and heptane to recover excess 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzidine. The residue was adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing diimide-diamine were combined, the eluent was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane, the crystallized products were combined by filtration, and dried under vacuum to obtain 40.2 g of the compound. 2 . Compound 2 can also be obtained by direct crystallization from the crude reaction mixture. In this way, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (171.4 g, 535.3 mmol, 4 equivalents), 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (5 g) A mixture of , pyridine (50 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone (200 ml) was heated at 130°C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 hour. Afterwards, an additional amount of 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added in 5 g portions (total 30 g) at 130 °C over a period of 5 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was heated at 150°C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, the residue was dissolved in 1L 1:1 ethyl acetate and hexane, and left to stand at ambient temperature, and the precipitated product was collected periodically to obtain 33.36 g of product. . The product can additionally be recrystallized from propyl acetate. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 2.02-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.34 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.30 (m, 4H), 5.71 (s, 4H), 6.77 ( dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.94-6.96 (m, 4H), 7.39-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.52 (2, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.68-7.70 (m , 2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 178.4, 149.5, 138.4, 133.6, 132.6, 132.1, 130.1, 128.3, 122.8, 122.2, 116.1, 110.7, 38.4, 22.3. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.4, 57.1. Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry ("MALDI TOF MS"): 829.1671 (MH+). Synthesis example 2 2,6-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-hexahydro-4,8-ethylbenzene And [1,2-c:4,5-c']dipyrrole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone (4). Method A:

在氮氣氛下,向2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(76.86 g,240 mmol,4當量)在吡啶(30 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(150 ml)中的攪拌溶液中分批加入二環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3:5,6-四甲酸二酐(「二環辛烷四甲酸二酐」)(15 g,60 mmol)的50 ml懸浮液。得到的混合物在180℃下加熱2天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,用10%乙酸乙酯和庚烷的熱混合物將殘餘物萃取幾次,以回收過量的2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺。將殘餘物吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸乙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到21.23 g化合物4 。 方法B:To 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (76.86 g, 240 mmol, 4 equiv) in pyridine (30 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone (150 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere Add 50 ml of bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3:5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride ("bicyclooctanetetracarboxylic dianhydride") (15 g, 60 mmol) in portions to the stirring solution. suspension. The resulting mixture was heated at 180°C for 2 days. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was extracted several times with a hot mixture of 10% ethyl acetate and heptane to recover excess 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzidine. The residue was adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing the dicarboxylimine-diamine were combined, the eluent evaporated, and dried under vacuum to give 21.23 g of compound 4 . Method B:

將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(51.2 g,4當量)和二環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3:5,6-四甲酸二酐(10 g,39.97 mmol)的混合物在220℃下在惰性氣氛下加熱2小時。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,溶解在乙酸乙酯中,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸丙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到21.82 g化合物41 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.53 (s, 4H), 2.61 (s, 2H), 3.40 (s, 4H), 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 2 Hz, J2 = 8 Hz), 6.97 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H, J = 7 Hz), 7.46 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.67 (dd, 2H, J1 = 2 Hz, J2 = 8 Hz), 7.80 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 177.9, 149.6, 138.6, 133.8, 132.6, 132.2, 130.3, 129.0, 128.8, 128.2, 128.0, 125.7, 125.0, 124.7, 123.5, 122.9, 122.2, 116.2, 110.7, 43.1, 28.8, 17.6。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.3, 57.0。MALDI TOF MS: 855.1810 (MH+)。 合成實例3 2,6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-六氫-4,8-亞乙烯基苯並[1,2-c:4,5-c’]二吡咯-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(5).2,2'-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (51.2 g, 4 equivalents) and bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3:5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (10 g, 39.97 mmol) was heated at 220 °C for 2 h under an inert atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, dissolved in ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite, and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of propyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing the diimide-diamine were combined, the eluent evaporated, and dried under vacuum to give 21.82 g of compound 4 . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.53 (s, 4H), 2.61 (s, 2H), 3.40 (s, 4H), 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 2 Hz, J2 = 8 Hz), 6.97 (s, 2H), 6.98 (d, 2H, J = 7 Hz), 7.46 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.67 (dd, 2H, J1 = 2 Hz , J2 = 8 Hz), 7.80 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 177.9, 149.6, 138.6, 133.8, 132.6, 132.2, 130.3, 129.0, 128.8, 128.2, 128.0, 125.7, 125.0, 124.7, 1 23.5, 122.9, 122.2, 116.2, 110.7, 43.1, 28.8, 17.6. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.3, 57.0. MALDI TOF MS: 855.1810 (MH+). Synthesis example 3 2,6-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-hexahydro-4,8-vinylidenebenzene And [1,2-c:4,5-c']dipyrrole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone (5).

在氮氣氛下,向2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(77.43 g,241.8 mmol,4當量)在吡啶(30 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(150 ml)中的攪拌溶液中分批加入二環辛烷四甲酸二酐(15 g,60.45 mmol)在50 ml N-甲基吡咯啶酮中的懸浮液。得到的混合物在180℃下加熱7天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,用10%乙酸乙酯和庚烷的熱混合物將殘餘物萃取幾次,以回收過量的2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺。將殘餘物吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸乙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到21.23 g化合物51 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 3.49 (s, 4H), 3.57 (br.S, 2H), 5.72 (s, 4H), 6.37 (t, 2H, J = 4 Hz), 6.78 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.95-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.47 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.61 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 176.9, 149.6, 138.5, 133.5, 133.9, 132.6, 132.0, 131.6, 129.9, 129.0, 128.7, 128.2, 128.0, 125.7, 125.0, 124.2, 123.5, 122.8, 122.1, 116.2, 110.6, 43.0, 34.5。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.4, 57.1。MALDI TOF MS: 853.1654 (MH+)。 合成實例4 2,2’-(6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4,4’-二基)雙[6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-六氫-4,8-亞乙烯基苯並[1,2-c:4,5-c’]二吡咯-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮](7).To 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (77.43 g, 241.8 mmol, 4 equiv) in pyridine (30 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone (150 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere A suspension of bicyclooctanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (15 g, 60.45 mmol) in 50 ml N-methylpyrrolidone was added portionwise to the stirred solution. The resulting mixture was heated at 180°C for 7 days. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was extracted several times with a hot mixture of 10% ethyl acetate and heptane to recover excess 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzidine. The residue was adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing the dicarboxylimine-diamine were combined, the eluent evaporated, and dried under vacuum to give 21.23 g of compound 5 . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 3.49 (s, 4H), 3.57 (br.S, 2H), 5.72 (s, 4H), 6.37 (t, 2H, J = 4 Hz), 6.78 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.95-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.47 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.61 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 176.9, 149.6, 138.5, 133.5, 133.9, 132.6, 132.0, 131.6, 129.9, 129.0, 128.7, 128.2, 128.0, 125.7, 1 25.0, 124.2, 123.5, 122.8, 122.1, 116.2, 110.6, 43.0, 34.5. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.4, 57.1. MALDI TOF MS: 853.1654 (MH+). Synthesis example 4 2,2'-(6-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis[6- Bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-hexahydro-4,8-vinylidenebenzo[1, 2-c:4,5-c']dipyrrole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone](7).

將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(77.43 g,241.8 mmol,2當量)、吡啶(20 ml)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(100 ml)和二環辛烷四甲酸二酐(15 g,60.45 mmol)的混合物在氮氣氛下在180℃加熱下攪拌6天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,將殘餘物吸收到矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸乙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到14.8 g化合物5 。合併含有四醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到8.75 g化合物7 。化合物71 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 3.50 (s, 4H), 3.51 (s, 4H), 3.58 (br.S, 4H), 5.72 (s, 4H), 6.38 (t, 4H, J = 4 Hz), 6.78 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.95-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.47 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.56-7.61 (m, 6H), 7.72 (s, 2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 176.92, 176.86, 149.6, 138.6, 136.1, 133.9, 133.0, 132.9, 132.6, 132.0, 131.7, 130.2, 129.9, 128.2, 128.0, 125.7, 1245.0, 124.8, 124.5, 124.4, 124.2, 123.5, 122.8, 122.6, 122.1, 116.2, 110.67, 110.62, 48.9, 43.00, 42.96, 34.5。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.4, 57.2, 57.1。MALDI TOF MS: 1385.2532 (MH+)。 合成實例5 3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-八氫-9-(1,1-二甲基乙基)-4,8-亞乙烯基呋喃並[3’,4’:3,4]環丁[1,2-f]異苯並呋喃-1,3,5,7-四酮.Combine 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (77.43 g, 241.8 mmol, 2 equivalents), pyridine (20 ml), N-methylpyrrolidone (100 ml) and bicyclooctanetetracarboxylic acid A mixture of dianhydride (15 g, 60.45 mmol) was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere with heating at 180 °C for 6 days. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, the residue was absorbed onto celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing the dicarboxylimine-diamine were combined, the eluent evaporated, and dried under vacuum to give 14.8 g of compound 5 . The fractions containing tetracarboxylimine-diamine were combined, the eluent was evaporated and dried under vacuum to give 8.75 g of compound 7 . Compound 7 : 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 3.50 (s, 4H), 3.51 (s, 4H), 3.58 (br.S, 4H), 5.72 (s, 4H), 6.38 (t , 4H, J = 4 Hz), 6.78 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.95-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.47 (dd , 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.56-7.61 (m, 6H), 7.72 (s, 2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 176.92, 176.86, 149.6, 138.6, 136.1, 133.9, 133.0, 132.9, 132.6, 132.0, 131.7, 130.2, 129.9, 128.2, 128.0, 125.7, 1245.0, 124.8, 124.5, 124.4, 124.2, 123.5, 122.8, 122.6, 122.1, 116.2, 110.67, 110.62, 48.9, 43.00, 42.96, 34.5. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.4, 57.2, 57.1. MALDI TOF MS: 1385.2532 (MH+). Synthesis example 5 3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-octahydro-9-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4,8-vinylidenefuro[3',4':3 ,4]cyclobutan[1,2-f]isobenzofuran-1,3,5,7-tetraone.

將馬來酸酐(37.4 g,0.38 mol)和苯乙酮(22.9 g,0.191 mol)溶解在三級丁基苯(約0.8 L)中,置於1 L光化學反應器中,使用硼矽酸鹽玻璃浸漬孔用200 W中壓海諾威汞燈(Hanovia mercury lamp)照射。藉由過濾收集沈澱物。照射42小時後的粗產物的產量-33.3 g。產物可以從熱丙酮中重結晶。1 H-NMR (丙酮-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.14 (s, 9H), 2.99-3.09 (m, 4H), 3.31 (dd, 1H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.41 (dd, 1H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.45-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.72 (m, 1H), 6.29 (dd, 1H, J1 = 7 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz)。Maleic anhydride (37.4 g, 0.38 mol) and acetophenone (22.9 g, 0.191 mol) were dissolved in tertiary butylbenzene (approximately 0.8 L) and placed in a 1 L photochemical reactor using borosilicate The salt glass impregnated wells were illuminated with a 200 W medium pressure Hanovia mercury lamp. The precipitate was collected by filtration. Yield of crude product after 42 hours of irradiation - 33.3 g. The product can be recrystallized from hot acetone. 1 H-NMR (acetone-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.14 (s, 9H), 2.99-3.09 (m, 4H), 3.31 (dd, 1H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.41 (dd , 1H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.45-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.72 (m, 1H), 6.29 (dd, 1H, J1 = 7 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz).

在對照實驗中,發現即使在升高的溫度下,三級丁基三環十四烯四甲酸二酐也不與BPDA反應。 2,6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-9-(1,1-二甲基乙基)-3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-八氫-4,8-亞乙烯基吡咯並[3’,4’:3,4]環丁[1,2-f]異吲哚-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(6).In control experiments, it was found that tertiary butyltricyclotetradecenetetracarboxylic dianhydride did not react with BPDA even at elevated temperatures. 2,6-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-9-(1,1-dimethylethyl base)-3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-octahydro-4,8-vinylidenepyrrolo[3',4':3,4]cyclobuta[1,2-f ] Isoindole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone (6).

在氮氣氛下在100℃在6小時內向2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(19.4 g,60.55 mmol,4當量)在吡啶(10 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(80 ml)中的攪拌溶液中滴加三級丁基三環十四烯四甲酸二酐(5 g,15.14 mmol))在N-甲基吡咯啶酮(50 ml)中的溶液。之後,將混合物在180℃下加熱8天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,將殘餘物吸收到矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用己烷-二氯甲烷和己烷-乙酸乙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物真空乾燥,以得到8.7 g化合物61 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.06 (s, 9H), 2.77 (dd, 1H, J1 = 7 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 2.83 - 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.96 (m, 2H), 3.02 (dd, 1H, J1= 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 3.07-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.52 (br.s, 1H), 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.22 (dd, 1H, J1 = 7 Hz, J2= 1.5 Hz), 6.80 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.97-7.00 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.59-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 177.9, 177.85, 177.5, 177.1, 152.1, 149.57, 149.54, 138.44, 138.37, 134.0, 133.7, 132.8, 132.6, 132.2, 130.2, 129.8, 129.7, 129.9, 128.96, 128.3, 128.0, 125.7, 125.68, 125.11, 1245.0, 124.9, 124.8, 123.53, 123.5, 122.9, 122.8, 122.3, 122.2, 122.1, 116.2, 110.7, 110.66, 43.3, 43.2, 41.8, 41.2, 36.4, 34.5, 34.0, 29.8。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.6, 57.3, 57.1, 57.0。MALDI TOF MS: 935.2439 (MH+)。 合成實例6 3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-八氫-9-甲基-4,8-亞乙烯基呋喃並[3’,4’:3,4]環丁[1,2-f]異苯並呋喃-1,3,5,7-四酮.2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (19.4 g, 60.55 mmol, 4 equiv) was dissolved in pyridine (10 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone ( A solution of tertiary butyltricyclotetradecenetetracarboxylic dianhydride (5 g, 15.14 mmol)) in N-methylpyrrolidone (50 ml) was added dropwise to a stirred solution in 80 ml). Afterwards, the mixture was heated at 180°C for 8 days. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, the residue was absorbed onto celite and chromatographed on silica gel (using a mixture gradient of hexane-dichloromethane and hexane-ethyl acetate elution). The fractions containing the diimide-diamine were combined, the eluent was evaporated and the residue was dried under vacuum to give 8.7 g of compound 6 . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.06 (s, 9H), 2.77 (dd, 1H, J1 = 7 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 2.83 - 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.96 (m, 2H), 3.02 (dd, 1H, J1= 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 3.07-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.52 (br.s, 1H), 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.22 (dd, 1H, J1 = 7 Hz, J2= 1.5 Hz), 6.80 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 6.97-7.00 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.47 (m , 3H), 7.59-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.80 (s, 1H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 177.9, 177.85, 177.5, 177.1, 152.1, 149.57, 149.54, 138.44, 138.37, 134.0, 133.7, 132.8, 132.6, 132 .2, 130.2, 129.8, 129.7, 129.9, 128.96, 128.3, 128.0, 125.7, 125.68, 125.11, 1245.0, 124.9, 124.8, 123.53, 123.5, 122.9, 122.8, 122.3, 122.2, 122.1, 116.2, 110.7, 110.66, 43.3, 43.2, 41.8, 41.2, 36.4, 34.5, 34.0, 29.8. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.6, 57.3, 57.1, 57.0. MALDI TOF MS: 935.2439 (MH+). Synthesis example 6 3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-octahydro-9-methyl-4,8-vinylidenefuro[3',4':3,4]cyclobuta[1,2 -f]isobenzofuran-1,3,5,7-tetraone.

將馬來酸酐(37.4 g,0.38 mol)和苯乙酮(22.9 g,0.191 mol)溶解在甲苯(約0.8 L)中,置於1 L光化學反應器中,用200 W中壓海諾威汞燈照射。藉由過濾收集沈澱物。照射28.5小時後的粗產物的產量-24 g,呈9-甲基和3-甲基區域異構物的混合物。產物可以從熱丙酮中重結晶。9-甲基區域異構物的數據:1 H-NMR (丙酮-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.97 (s, 3H), 2.96-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.44 (m, 2H), 6.18 (d, 1H, J = 6 Hz)。13 C-NMR (丙酮-d6 , 125 MHz): 173.1, 173.0, 172.5, 172.3, 142.2, 123.6, 43.1, 42.8, 41,7, 41.5, 39.9, 38.8, 38.4, 35.0, 22.0。Maleic anhydride (37.4 g, 0.38 mol) and acetophenone (22.9 g, 0.191 mol) were dissolved in toluene (about 0.8 L), placed in a 1 L photochemical reactor, and used with 200 W medium pressure Hanovia Mercury lamp irradiation. The precipitate was collected by filtration. Yield of crude product after 28.5 hours of irradiation - 24 g, as a mixture of 9-methyl and 3-methyl regioisomers. The product can be recrystallized from hot acetone. Data for 9-methyl regioisomer: 1 H-NMR (acetone-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.97 (s, 3H), 2.96-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.02-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.31-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.44 (m, 2H), 6.18 (d, 1H, J = 6 Hz). 13 C-NMR (acetone-d 6 , 125 MHz): 173.1, 173.0, 172.5, 172.3, 142.2, 123.6, 43.1, 42.8, 41,7, 41.5, 39.9, 38.8, 38.4, 35.0, 22.0.

在對照實驗中,發現即使在升高的溫度下,甲基三環十四烯四甲酸二酐也不與BPDA反應。 2,6-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-9-(1,1-二甲基乙基)-3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-八氫-4,8-亞乙烯基吡咯並[3’,4’:3,4]環丁[1,2-f]異吲哚-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(6a).In control experiments, it was found that methyltricyclotetradecenetetracarboxylic dianhydride did not react with BPDA even at elevated temperatures. 2,6-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-9-(1,1-dimethylethyl base)-3a,3b,4,4a,7a,8,8a,8b-octahydro-4,8-vinylidenepyrrolo[3',4':3,4]cyclobuta[1,2-f ] Isoindole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone (6a).

將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(66.66 g,208.15 mmol,4當量)、甲基三環十四烯四甲酸二酐(2.5 g,9-甲基和3-甲基區域異構物的比例為1 : 0.2的混合物)、吡啶(20 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(100 ml)的混合物在氮氣氛下在150℃加熱1小時。之後,在5小時期間內在130℃下以2.5 g份(總共15 g)添加附加量的甲基三環十四烯四甲酸二酐。之後,將混合物在180℃下加熱6天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,用10%乙酸丙酯和庚烷的熱混合物將殘餘物萃取幾次,以回收過量的2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺。將殘餘物吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸丙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到20.1 g化合物6a 。9-甲基區域異構物的數據:1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.92 (s, 3H), 2.72-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.03 (dd, 1H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.11 (dd, 1H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.16 (br. s, 1H), 3.25 (p, 1H, J = 3 Hz), 7.73 (s, 4H), 6.11 (br. s, 1H), 6.78-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.97-6.99 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J = 1.5 Hz)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 177.9, 177.8, 177.5, 177.3, 149.58, 149.55, 141.2, 138.5, 138.4, 134.0, 133.7, 132.7, 132.6, 132.2, 130.3, 129.9, 128.9, 128.7, 128.3, 128.0, 127.3, 125.7, 125.1, 125.0, 124.9, 124.8, 124.2, 123.5, 122.9, 122.8, 122.3, 122.1, 116.2, 110.7, 43.11, 42.35, 41.6, 41.3, 39.2, 35.7, 22.8。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.5, 57.3, 57.04, 57.02。MALDI TOF: 893.1969 (MH+)。 合成實例7 2,5-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-六氫-苯並[1,2-c:4,5-c’]二吡咯-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(8).將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(153 g,477.8 mmol)、1,2,4,5-環己烷四甲酸二酐(5 g)、吡啶(20 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(150 ml)的混合物在氮氣氛下在150℃加熱1小時。之後,在4小時期間內在150℃下以5 g份(總共25 g,總共118.97 mmol)添加剩餘量的1,2,3,4-環己烷四甲酸二酐。之後,將混合物在180℃下加熱2.5周。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,用20%乙酸乙酯和庚烷的熱混合物將殘餘物萃取幾次,以回收過量的2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺。將殘餘物吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸乙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)(2次)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到3 g化合物81 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 2.56 (t, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 3.73 (q, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 3.80 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.97-6.99 (m, 4H), 7.46 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.65 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.85 (s, 2H)。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.0, 57.2。 合成實例8 2,2'-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (66.66 g, 208.15 mmol, 4 equivalents), methyltricyclotetradecenetetracarboxylic dianhydride (2.5 g, 9-methyl and 3-methyl A mixture of regioisomers in a ratio of 1:0.2), pyridine (20 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone (100 ml) was heated at 150 °C for 1 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. Afterwards, an additional amount of methyltricyclotetradecenetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added in 2.5 g portions (total 15 g) at 130° C. over a period of 5 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was heated at 180°C for 6 days. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was extracted several times with a hot mixture of 10% propyl acetate and heptane to recover excess 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzidine. The residue was adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of propyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing the diimide-diamine were combined, the eluent evaporated and dried under vacuum to give 20.1 g of compound 6a . Data for 9-methyl regioisomer: 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.92 (s, 3H), 2.72-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.94-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.03 (dd, 1H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 3.11 (dd, 1H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz ), 3.16 (br. s, 1H), 3.25 (p, 1H, J = 3 Hz), 7.73 (s, 4H), 6.11 (br. s, 1H), 6.78-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.97- 6.99 (m, 4H), 7.41-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, 1H, J = 1.5 Hz). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 177.9, 177.8, 177.5, 177.3, 149.58, 149.55, 141.2, 138.5, 138.4, 134.0, 133.7, 132.7, 132.6, 132.2, 130.3, 129.9, 128.9, 128.7, 128.3, 128.0, 127.3, 125.7, 125.1, 125.0, 124.9, 124.8, 124.2, 123.5, 122.9, 122.8, 122.3, 122.1, 116.2, 110.7, 43.11, 42.3 5, 41.6, 41.3, 39.2, 35.7, 22.8. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.5, 57.3, 57.04, 57.02. MALDI TOF: 893.1969 (MH+). Synthesis example 7 2,5-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-hexahydro-benzo[1,2-c :4,5-c']dipyrrole-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-tetraketone (8). 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (153 g, 477.8 mmol), 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride (5 g), pyridine (20 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone (150 ml) was heated at 150°C under a nitrogen atmosphere 1 hour. Afterwards, the remaining amount of 1,2,3,4-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride was added in 5 g portions (total 25 g, total 118.97 mmol) at 150 °C over a period of 4 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was heated at 180°C for 2.5 weeks. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was extracted several times with a hot mixture of 20% ethyl acetate and heptane to recover excess 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzidine. The residue was adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexanes) (2 times). The fractions containing the diimide-diamine were combined, the eluent evaporated, and dried under vacuum to give 3 g of compound 8 . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 2.56 (t, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 3.73 (q, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 3.80 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.97-6.99 (m, 4H), 7.46 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.65 (d, 2H , J = 9 Hz), 7.85 (s, 2H). 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.0, 57.2. Synthesis example 8

化合物9 .將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(132.6 g,414.08 mmol)、3a,4,5,9b-四氫-5-(四氫-2,5-二側氧基-3-呋喃基)-萘並[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮(5 g)、吡啶(20 ml)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(150 ml)的混合物在150℃在氮氣氛下加熱1小時。之後,在2.5小時期間內在150℃下以5 g份(總共30 g,總共118.97 mmol)添加剩餘量的二酐。之後,將混合物在180℃下加熱3天。將混合物冷卻至環境溫度,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸餾出溶劑,用10%乙酸丙酯和庚烷的熱混合物將殘餘物萃取幾次,以回收過量的2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺。將殘餘物吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用乙酸丙酯和己烷的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有二醯亞胺-二胺的級分,蒸發洗脫液,真空乾燥,以得到總共34.1 g化合物9 。 合成實例9 5,5’-氧基雙[2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基] -1H-異吲哚- 1,3(2H) - 二酮(10 和化合物11 。將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(61.94 g,6當量)和氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(10 g,32.24 mmol)的混合物在220℃在惰性氣氛下加熱1小時。之後,將過量的二胺在260℃-265℃下真空昇華。將殘餘物溶於150 ml乙酸乙酯中,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析分析(使用己烷和乙酸乙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。將含有純三聚體的級分合併,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物在手套箱內在150℃下真空乾燥1小時,以得到16.13 g產物10 。將含有少許不純三聚體的級分合併,蒸發洗脫液,使用旋轉蒸發器乾燥殘餘物,以得到3.53 g化合物10 。將含有純化合物11 的級分合併,蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物在150℃下真空乾燥,以得到2.24 g化合物11Compound 9. Combine 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (132.6 g, 414.08 mmol), 3a,4,5,9b-tetrahydro-5-(tetrahydro-2,5-dioxy A mixture of methyl-3-furyl)-naphtho[1,2-c]furan-1,3-dione (5 g), pyridine (20 ml) and N-methylpyrrolidone (150 ml) was Heat at 150°C for 1 hour under nitrogen atmosphere. Afterwards, the remaining amount of dianhydride was added in 5 g portions (30 g total, 118.97 mmol total) at 150 °C over a period of 2.5 hours. Afterwards, the mixture was heated at 180°C for 3 days. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, the solvent was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was extracted several times with a hot mixture of 10% propyl acetate and heptane to recover excess 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl) benzidine. The residue was adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of propyl acetate and hexane). The fractions containing the dicarboxylimine-diamine were combined, the eluates evaporated and dried under vacuum to give a total of 34.1 g of compound 9 . Synthesis example 9 5,5'-oxybis[2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl]-1H-isoindole-1, 3(2H)-diketone ( 10 ) and compound 11 . A mixture of 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (61.94 g, 6 equiv) and oxydiphthalic dianhydride (10 g, 32.24 mmol) was heated at 220 °C under an inert atmosphere for 1 hours. Afterwards, the excess diamine was vacuum sublimated at 260°C-265°C. The residue was dissolved in 150 ml of ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate). The fractions containing the pure trimer were combined, the eluent was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under vacuum at 150°C for 1 hour in a glovebox to give 16.13 g of product 10 . The fractions containing a little impure trimer were combined, the eluent was evaporated, and the residue was dried using a rotary evaporator to give 3.53 g of compound 10 . The fractions containing pure compound 11 were combined, the eluent was evaporated and the residue was dried under vacuum at 150°C to give 2.24 g of compound 11 .

化合物101 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.98 (d, 2H, J = 3 Hz), 7.00 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.65-7.68 (m, 4H), 7.75 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.11-8.13 (m, 2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 166.4, 166.3, 161.4, 149.5, 138.0, 135.0, 133.7, 132.7, 132.0, 130.0, 129.0, 128.7, 128.3, 128.0, 127.7, 126.7, 125.7, 125.6, 125.1, 124.8, 123.6, 122.6, 122.9, 122.33, 122.31, 116.2, 114.3, 110.69, 110.65, 110.61。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 56.97, 56.98, 57.3。Compound 10 : 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.98 (d, 2H, J = 3 Hz), 7.00 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.65-7.68 (m, 4H), 7.75 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.11-8.13 (m, 2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 166.4, 166.3, 161.4, 149.5, 138.0, 135.0, 133.7, 132.7, 132.0, 130.0, 129.0, 128.7, 128.3, 128.0, 1 27.7, 126.7, 125.7, 125.6, 125.1, 124.8, 123.6, 122.6, 122.9, 122.33, 122.31, 116.2, 114.3, 110.69, 110.65, 110.61. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 56.97, 56.98, 57.3.

化合物111 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.98 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 7.00 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.67-7.69 (m, 10 H), 7.75 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.86 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.05 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.11-8.15 (m, 4H)。 合成實例10 5,5’-氧基雙[1,3-伸苯基雙(氧基-3,1-伸苯基)基]-1H-異吲哚-1,3(2H)-二酮(12)。將1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯(56.55 g,193.44 mmol,6當量)和氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(10 g,32.24 mmol)的混合物在220℃在惰性氣氛下加熱1小時,並且然後在265℃下在真空中加熱。將殘餘物溶於150 ml乙酸乙酯中,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行部分層析純化(使用己烷和乙酸乙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。將含有純三聚體的級分合併,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物在手套箱內在150℃下真空乾燥1小時。化合物121 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 5.21 (s, 4H), 6.16 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 6.22 (t, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 6.33 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.66 (t, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 6.74-6.78 (m, 4H), 6.98 (t, 2H, J= 8 Hz), 7.11 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.16 (t, 2H, J = 2Hz), 7.23 (br d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.36 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.53 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.59-7.52 (m, 4H), 8.04 (d, 2H, J = )。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 166.5, 166.3, 161.3, 159.0, 157.7, 157.3, 156.9, 156.0, 134.9, 133.7, 131.5, 130.7, 130.6, 127.6, 126.56, 125.4, 122.9, 118.6, 117.9, 114.2, 114.0, 113.4, 110.4, 109.4, 106.6, 104.6。 合成實例11 2,2’’-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)(十二氫-1,1’’,2’,3,3’’-五側氧基二螺[4,7-橋亞甲基-5H-異吲哚-5,1’-環戊烷-3’,5’’-[4,7]橋亞甲基[5H]異吲哚(13 ).將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(41.66 g,130.08 mmol,10當量)和相應的螺環二酐(5 g,13.01 mmol)的混合物在220℃下在惰性氣氛下加熱1.5小時。將殘餘物溶解在乙酸乙酯中,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析純化(使用己烷和乙酸乙酯和己烷-乙酸丙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。將含有純產物的級分合併,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物在手套箱內在150℃下真空乾燥1小時,以得到8.59 g化合物131 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.30-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.75-2.13 (m, 8H), 2.65 (br. s, 4H), 2.97-3.26 (m, 4H), 5.72 (s, 4H), 6.79 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 6.96-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.58 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.74 (s ,2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 223.8, 223.3, 117.97, 117.93, 117.75, 117.81, 149.5, 138.5, 133.8, 132.6, 132.3, 130.2, 130.1, 129.2, 129.0, 128.75, 128.5, 128.0, 127.9, 127.8, 127.2, 125.7, 125.0, 124.7, 124.6, 123.5, 122.9, 122.2, 121.3, 120.7, 120.0, 116.2, 110.7, 110.6, 66.7, 53.6, 48.0, 47.9, 47.4, 46.7, 45.6, 45.1, 42.0, 33.2, 21.2, 31.9, 30.8, 21.9, 21.1, 10.7。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.3, 57.0。 合成實例12 2,2’-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-[5,5’-聯-1H-異吲哚]-1,1’,3,3’(2H,2’H)-四酮(14 ).將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(113.7 g,355.1 mmol,6.3當量)和聯苯基四甲酸二酐(16.58 g,56.35 mmol)與少量N-甲基吡咯啶酮的混合物在220℃下在惰性氣氛下加熱1小時並且然後在相同的溫度下在真空中加熱3小時。將混合物冷卻,溶解在乙酸乙酯中,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析純化(使用己烷和乙酸乙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。合併含有純產物的級分,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發洗脫液至體積200 ml,藉由過濾收集結晶產物,以得到17.57 g化合物14 。將含有較低純度產物的級分合併,蒸發洗脫液,將殘留物溶於乙酸乙酯中,然後添加一體積己烷,並使其在環境溫度下靜置以緩慢結晶。藉由過濾收集含有低聚物雜質的沈澱產物,以得到12.95 g較低純度的材料。按照以下藉由直接結晶也可以得到含有少量低聚物的產物:將初始粗混合物溶解在乙酸乙酯中,添加一體積己烷,收集形成的沈澱。1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.81 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2= 2 Hz), 6.99 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 7.02 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.50 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.79 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.98 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.14 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 8.43 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 8.50 (s, 2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 166.8, 149.6, 144.9, 138.0, 134.4, 133.7, 133.2, 132.7, 132.1, 131.9, 130.3, 128.9, 128.3, 125.1, 124.8, 124.8, 123.0, 122.9, 116.2, 110.7, 110.66。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.3, 57.0。 合成實例13 十二氫-2,2’-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-[5,5’-聯-1H-異吲哚]-1,1’,3,3’(2H,2’H)-四酮(15 ).將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(52.27 g,163.24 mmol,10當量)、二環己基-3,4,3’,4’-四甲酸二酐(5 g,16.32 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(5 ml)的混合物在220℃下在惰性氣氛下加熱1小時,並且然後在相同溫度下在真空中加熱1小時。將混合物冷卻,溶解在乙酸乙酯中,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析純化(使用己烷和乙酸乙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。將含有純產物的級分合併,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物在150℃下真空乾燥,以得到8.92 g化合物151 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 0.99 (br s, 2H), 1.32 (br. s, 4H), 1.61-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.97-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.26 (m, 2H), 5.71 (s, 4H), 6.79 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.96-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.42 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.61 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.78 (s, 2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 179.0, 178.4, 149.5, 138.1, 133.6, 132.64, 132.57, 132.55,130.1, 128.3, 125.7, 123.5, 122.3, 120.0, 116.2, 110.67, 110.63, 110.59, 29.34, 29.25, 25.52, 21.69, 21.66。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 57.25, 57.22, 57.06, 57.04。 合成實例14 11-甲基-2,8-雙(2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4’-胺基-1,1’-聯苯基-4-基)-11-(三氟甲基)-1H-哌喃並[2,3-f:5,6-f’]二異吲哚-1,3,7,9(2H,8H,11H)-四酮(16 ).將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(51 g,159.26 mmol,10當量)、相應的𠮿(口星)四甲酸二酐(10.2 g,25.23 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(25 ml)的混合物在220℃下在惰性氣氛下加熱1小時,並且然後在真空中在相同溫度下加熱1小時。將混合物用乙酸乙酯稀釋,吸附在矽藻土上,並在矽膠上進行層析純化(使用己烷和乙酸乙酯的混合物梯度洗脫)。將含有純產物的級分合併,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發洗脫液,將殘餘物真空乾燥,以得到16.62 g化合物161 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 2.39 (s, 3H), 5.74 (s, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.00-7.03 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.78 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.91 (s, 2H), 7.97 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.51 (s, 2H)。13 C-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 125 MHz): 170.8, 166.1, 165.7, 155.5, 149.6, 138.2, 134.8, 133.8, 132.7, 132.0, 130.3, 128.8, 128.1, 127.9, 125.8, 125.6, 125.1, 124.9, 124.6, 123.6, 122.6, 122.3, 121.4, 120.8, 116.2, 112.9, 110.73, 110.69, 110.64, 45.0, 19.8。19 F-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 470 MHz): 75.5, 57,4, 57.0。 合成實例15 2,6-雙[4-[(4-胺基苯基)磺醯基]苯基]-苯並[1,2-c:4,5-c’]二吡咯-1,3,5,7(2H,6H)-四酮(17 ).將4,4’-磺醯基雙[苯胺](56.92 g,229.2 mmol,5當量)、均苯四甲酸二酐(10 g,45.84 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(100 ml)在177℃下在氮氣氛下在攪拌下加熱1.5小時。冷卻反應混合物,用乙酸乙酯(200 ml)稀釋,過濾,用乙酸乙酯洗滌,真空乾燥,以得到26 g粗產物,其含有大約10%的用於聚合而無需進一步純化的高級低聚產物。1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 6.22 (s 4H), 6.64 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 7.59 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 7.72 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.02 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.40 (s, 2H)。 合成實例16Compound 11 : 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.80 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.98 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 7.00 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.48 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.67-7.69 (m, 10 H), 7.75 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.86 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.05 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.11-8.15 (m , 4H). Synthesis example 10 5,5'-oxybis[1,3-phenylenebis(oxy-3,1-phenylene)yl]-1H-isoindole-1,3(2H)-dione (12) . A mixture of 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene (56.55 g, 193.44 mmol, 6 equivalents) and oxydiphthalic dianhydride (10 g, 32.24 mmol) was heated at 220 °C in an inert atmosphere. Heat for 1 hour under atmosphere and then in vacuum at 265°C. The residue was dissolved in 150 ml of ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite and purified by partial chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate). The fractions containing pure trimer were combined, the eluate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under vacuum at 150°C for 1 hour in a glove box. Compound 12 : 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 5.21 (s, 4H), 6.16 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 3 Hz), 6.22 (t, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 6.33 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.66 (t, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 6.74-6.78 (m, 4H), 6.98 (t, 2H, J= 8 Hz), 7.11 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.16 (t, 2H, J = 2Hz), 7.23 (br d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.36 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.53 (t, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.59-7.52 (m, 4H), 8.04 (d, 2H, J = ). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 166.5, 166.3, 161.3, 159.0, 157.7, 157.3, 156.9, 156.0, 134.9, 133.7, 131.5, 130.7, 130.6, 127.6, 1 26.56, 125.4, 122.9, 118.6, 117.9, 114.2, 114.0, 113.4, 110.4, 109.4, 106.6, 104.6. Synthesis example 11 2,2''-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)(dodecahydro-1,1'',2',3,3''-Pentaoxydisspiro[4,7-bridgemethylene-5H-isoindole-5,1'-cyclopentane-3',5''-[4 ,7]Bismethylene[5H]isoindole ( 13 ). Combine 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (41.66 g, 130.08 mmol, 10 equivalents) and the corresponding spirocyclic dianhydride ( 5 g, 13.01 mmol) was heated at 220 °C under an inert atmosphere for 1.5 h. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite and purified by chromatography on silica gel (using hexane and Gradient elution with a mixture of ethyl acetate and hexane-propyl acetate). The fractions containing the pure product were combined, the eluent was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under vacuum at 150 °C for 1 h in a glovebox to 8.59 g of compound 13 was obtained. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.30-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.75-2.13 (m, 8H), 2.65 (br. s, 4H), 2.97-3.26 (m, 4H), 5.72 (s, 4H), 6.79 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 6.96-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.43 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.58 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.74 (s ,2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 223.8, 223.3, 117.97, 117.93, 117.75, 117.81, 149.5, 138.5, 133.8, 132.6, 132.3 , 130.2, 130.1, 129.2, 129.0, 128.75, 128.5, 128.0, 127.9, 127.8, 127.2, 125.7, 125.0, 124.7, 124.6, 123.5, 122.9, 122.2, 1 21.3, 120.7, 120.0, 116.2, 110.7, 110.6, 66.7, 53.6 , 48.0, 47.9, 47.4, 46.7, 45.6, 45.1, 42.0, 33.2, 21.2, 31.9, 30.8, 21.9, 21.1, 10.7. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.3, 57.0. Synthesis Example 12 2,2'-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-[5,5'-bi-1H- Isoindole]-1,1',3,3'(2H,2'H)-tetraketone ( 14 ). 2,2'-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (113.7 g, 355.1 mmol, 6.3 equiv) and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (16.58 g, 56.35 mmol) with a small amount of N-methylpyrrolidone were heated at 220 °C for 1 h under an inert atmosphere and then at the same temperature in vacuo Heat for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled, dissolved in ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite, and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate). The fractions containing the pure product were combined, the eluate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator to a volume of 200 ml, and the crystallized product was collected by filtration to give 17.57 g of compound 14 . The fractions containing the lower purity product were combined, the eluent was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, then one volume of hexane was added and allowed to stand at ambient temperature for slow crystallization. The precipitated product containing oligomer impurities was collected by filtration to obtain 12.95 g of lower purity material. Products containing small amounts of oligomers can also be obtained by direct crystallization as follows: Dissolve the initial crude mixture in ethyl acetate, add a volume of hexane, and collect the precipitate formed. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 5.73 (s, 4H), 6.81 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2= 2 Hz), 6.99 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 7.02 (d, 2H, J = 9 Hz), 7.50 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.79 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 7.98 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.14 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 8.43 (dd, 2H, J1 = 8 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 8.50 (s, 2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 166.8, 149.6, 144.9, 138.0, 134.4, 133.7, 133.2, 132.7, 132.1, 131.9, 130.3, 128.9, 128.3, 125.1, 1 24.8, 124.8, 123.0, 122.9, 116.2, 110.7, 110.66. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.3, 57.0. Synthesis example 13 Dodecahydro-2,2'-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-[5,5'- Bi-1H-isoindole]-1,1',3,3'(2H,2'H)-tetraketone ( 15 ). 2,2'-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (52.27 g , 163.24 mmol, 10 equivalents), a mixture of dicyclohexyl-3,4,3',4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (5 g, 16.32 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (5 ml) at 220°C Heated for 1 hour under an inert atmosphere and then heated at the same temperature for 1 hour under vacuum. The mixture was cooled, dissolved in ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite, and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate). The fractions containing the pure product were combined, the eluent was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under vacuum at 150°C to give 8.92 g of compound 15 . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 0.99 (br s, 2H), 1.32 (br. s, 4H), 1.61-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.97-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.14 -2.17 (m, 2H), 2.99-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.26 (m, 2H), 5.71 (s, 4H), 6.79 (dd, 2H, J1 = 9 Hz, J2 = 2 Hz), 6.96-6.97 (m, 4H), 7.42 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.61 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.78 (s, 2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 179.0, 178.4, 149.5, 138.1, 133.6, 132.64, 132.57, 132.55,130.1, 128.3, 125.7, 123.5, 122.3, 120.0, 116.2, 110.67, 110.63, 110.59, 29.34, 29.25, 25.52, 21.69, 21.66. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 57.25, 57.22, 57.06, 57.04. Synthesis example 14 11-methyl-2,8-bis(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4'-amino-1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-11-(trifluoromethyl base)-1H-pirano[2,3-f:5,6-f']diisoindole-1,3,7,9(2H,8H,11H)-tetraketone ( 16 ). Convert 2 , 2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (51 g, 159.26 mmol, 10 equivalents), the corresponding 𠮿(口星)tetracarboxylic dianhydride (10.2 g, 25.23 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (25 ml) of the mixture was heated at 220 °C for 1 h under an inert atmosphere and then in vacuo at the same temperature for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, adsorbed on celite, and chromatographed on silica gel (gradient elution with a mixture of hexane and ethyl acetate). Fractions containing pure product were combined, the eluent was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the residue was dried under vacuum to give 16.62 g of compound 16 . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 2.39 (s, 3H), 5.74 (s, 4H), 6.82 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.00-7.03 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.78 (d, 2H, J = 8 Hz), 7.91 (s, 2H), 7.97 (d, 2H, J = 2 Hz), 8.51 (s, 2H). 13 C-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 125 MHz): 170.8, 166.1, 165.7, 155.5, 149.6, 138.2, 134.8, 133.8, 132.7, 132.0, 130.3, 128.8, 128.1, 127.9, 1 25.8, 125.6, 125.1, 124.9, 124.6, 123.6, 122.6, 122.3, 121.4, 120.8, 116.2, 112.9, 110.73, 110.69, 110.64, 45.0, 19.8. 19 F-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 470 MHz): 75.5, 57,4, 57.0. Synthesis example 15 2,6-bis[4-[(4-aminophenyl)sulfonyl]phenyl]-benzo[1,2-c:4,5-c']dipyrrole-1,3,5, 7(2H,6H)-tetraketone ( 17 ). Combine 4,4'-sulfonyl bis[aniline] (56.92 g, 229.2 mmol, 5 equivalents) and pyromellitic dianhydride (10 g, 45.84 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (100 ml) were heated at 177 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere with stirring for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with ethyl acetate (200 ml), filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and dried under vacuum to obtain 26 g of crude product, which contained approximately 10% of the higher oligomeric product used in the polymerization without further purification. . 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 6.22 (s 4H), 6.64 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 7.59 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 7.72 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.02 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.40 (s, 2H). Synthesis example 16

在氮氣吹掃下向裝配有迪安-斯達克分水器(Dean-Stark trap)的500 mL圓底燒瓶中裝入22.41 g TFMB(0.07 mol)和250.71 g 1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。將混合物在室溫下在氮氣下攪拌約30分鐘。然後,將26.74 g(0.06 mol)6FDA分批緩慢加入到攪拌的二胺溶液中。 二酐添加完成後,使用附加的27.86 g NMP洗滌容器和燒瓶壁的任何殘留的二酐粉末,並且將所得混合物在室溫下攪拌過夜。然後,向混合物中加入80 mL間二甲苯並回流8小時以用迪安-斯達克分水器除去水。將混合物冷卻至室溫,然後在攪拌下沈澱到1,500 mL甲醇中,過濾得到的懸浮液,並將收集的固體真空乾燥。A 500 mL round-bottom flask equipped with a Dean-Stark trap was charged with 22.41 g TFMB (0.07 mol) and 250.71 g 1-methyl-2-pyrrole under nitrogen purge. nidinone (NMP). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for about 30 minutes. Then, 26.74 g (0.06 mol) 6FDA was slowly added to the stirring diamine solution in batches. After the dianhydride addition was complete, an additional 27.86 g of NMP was used to wash the vessel and flask walls of any remaining dianhydride powder, and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Then, 80 mL m-xylene was added to the mixture and refluxed for 8 hours to remove water using a Dean-Stark trap. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and then precipitated into 1,500 mL of methanol with stirring, the resulting suspension was filtered, and the collected solids were dried under vacuum.

所得二胺單體的分子量為約5,000 Da。因此,在核心中具有約7個重複二醯亞胺(式I中的m約7)。 在與一種或多種二酐反應中使用固體而無需進一步分離或純化以形成聚醯胺酸聚合物。 合成實例17 6,6’-(磺醯基二-4,1-伸苯基)雙-1H-呋喃並[3,4-f]異吲哚-1,3,5,7(6H)-四酮(33 ).均苯四甲酸單酐的合成。在環境溫度下在48小時期間內向均苯四甲酸二酐(43.6 g,0.2 mol)在400 ml THF中的攪拌溶液中加入30 ml四氫呋喃和5 ml水的混合物。之後,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發250 ml四氫呋喃,將所得溶液用己烷(100 ml)處理直至發生沈澱。藉由過濾除去沈澱物。濾液在-24℃下保持3小時。過濾沈澱物,真空乾燥,以得到14.9 g產物。將在-24℃下過夜形成的附加量的產物過濾,真空乾燥,以得到6.85 g產物。1 H-NMR (丙酮-d6 , 500 MHz): 6.39 (s 2H), 12.46 (br. s, 2H)。The resulting diamine monomer has a molecular weight of approximately 5,000 Da. Therefore, there are approximately 7 repeating diimides in the core (m in Formula I is approximately 7). The solid is used in reaction with one or more dianhydrides without further isolation or purification to form the polyamic acid polymer. Synthesis example 17 6,6'-(Sulfonylbis-4,1-phenylene)bis-1H-furo[3,4-f]isoindole-1,3,5,7(6H)-tetraone ( 33 ).Synthesis of pyromellitic acid monoanhydride. To a stirred solution of pyromellitic dianhydride (43.6 g, 0.2 mol) in 400 ml THF was added over a period of 48 hours a mixture of 30 ml tetrahydrofuran and 5 ml water at ambient temperature. Afterwards, 250 ml of tetrahydrofuran were evaporated using a rotary evaporator and the resulting solution was treated with hexane (100 ml) until precipitation occurred. The precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was kept at -24°C for 3 hours. The precipitate was filtered and dried under vacuum to obtain 14.9 g of product. The additional amount of product formed overnight at -24°C was filtered and dried under vacuum to give 6.85 g of product. 1 H-NMR (acetone-d 6 , 500 MHz): 6.39 (s 2H), 12.46 (br. s, 2H).

將上述均苯四甲酸單酐(28.16 g,119.26 mmol,2.3當量)與4,4’-磺醯基雙[苯胺](12.97 g,52.2 mmol)在200 ml無水四氫呋喃中在環境溫度下攪拌1小時。將混合物用丙酮(100 ml)稀釋,通過填充有矽膠的柱,用丙酮洗滌。合併含有產物的級分,使用旋轉蒸發器蒸發溶劑,用大約500 ml水處理殘餘物,過濾細沈澱物,用水洗滌,真空乾燥,以得到醯胺六酸(31.1 g):1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 7.78 (s, 2H), 7.86 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 7.91 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.16 (s, 2H), 10.89 (s, 2H), 13.56 (br. s, 6H)。The above pyromellitic acid monoanhydride (28.16 g, 119.26 mmol, 2.3 equivalents) and 4,4'-sulfonyl bis[aniline] (12.97 g, 52.2 mmol) were stirred in 200 ml anhydrous tetrahydrofuran at ambient temperature for 1 hours. The mixture was diluted with acetone (100 ml), passed through a column packed with silica gel, and washed with acetone. The product-containing fractions were combined, the solvent was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, the residue was treated with approximately 500 ml of water, the fine precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give amide hexanoic acid (31.1 g): 1 H-NMR ( DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 7.78 (s, 2H), 7.86 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 7.91 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.16 (s, 2H), 10.89 (s , 2H), 13.56 (br. s, 6H).

將上述醯胺六酸(31.1 g)在氮氣氛下,在乙酸酐(300 ml)中回流下在加熱下攪拌2小時。過濾熱的反應混合物,用50 ml乙酸酐、二氯甲烷(50 ml)洗滌,懸浮在150 ml氯仿中,過濾,真空乾燥,以得到20.9 g化合物331 H-NMR (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 7.81 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.23 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.57 (s, 4H)。 聚合物實例The above-mentioned amide hexanoic acid (31.1 g) was stirred with heating in acetic anhydride (300 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours under reflux. The hot reaction mixture was filtered, washed with 50 ml acetic anhydride, dichloromethane (50 ml), suspended in 150 ml chloroform, filtered, and dried under vacuum to obtain 20.9 g of compound 33 : 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 7.81 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.23 (d, 4H, J = 9 Hz), 8.57 (s, 4H). Polymer Examples

該等實例說明了具有式II的聚醯胺酸的製備。 聚合物實例1 聚合物1.化合物6與BPDA的聚合:These examples illustrate the preparation of polyamic acids of formula II. Polymer Example 1 Polymer 1. Polymerization of compound 6 and BPDA:

將二醯亞胺-二胺單體6 (5.23 g,5.60 mmol)、BPDA(1.616 g,5.488 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(38 ml)加入到250 ml玻璃反應器中,在氮氣氛下在環境溫度下攪拌該混合物直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為7283 cP。GPC:Mn = 73713, Mw = 139448, Mp = 121967, Mz = 222437, PDI = 1.89。1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.78-3.10 (m, 6H), 3.36 (br. s, 1H), 3.54 (br. s, 1H), 6.24 (br. d, 1H, J = 6 Hz), 7.44-8.36 (m, 18H), 10.90 (br. s, 2H), 13.30 (br. s, 2H)。 聚合物實例2 聚合物2.化合物2與BPDA的聚合:Diamine-diamine monomer 6 (5.23 g, 5.60 mmol), BPDA (1.616 g, 5.488 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (38 ml) were added to a 250 ml glass reactor under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 7283 cP. GPC: Mn = 73713, Mw = 139448, Mp = 121967, Mz = 222437, PDI = 1.89. 1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.08 (s, 9H), 2.78-3.10 (m, 6H), 3.36 (br. s, 1H), 3.54 (br. s, 1H), 6.24 (br. d, 1H, J = 6 Hz), 7.44-8.36 (m, 18H), 10.90 (br. s, 2H), 13.30 (br. s, 2H). Polymer Example 2 Polymer 2. Polymerization of compound 2 with BPDA:

將二醯亞胺-二胺單體2 (2 g,2.41 mmol)(藉由從粗反應混合物中直接結晶並從乙酸丙酯中重結晶得到)、BPDA(0.689 g,2.34 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(15.2 g)使用輥混合並允許在環境溫度下反應直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為11620 cP。GPC:Mn=127781, Mw=300128, Mp=258512, Mz=496954, PDI=2.35。1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 2.05 (br. s, 2H), 2.35 (br. s,24H), 3.30 (br. s, 4H), 7.41-8.34 (m, 18H), 10.89 (br. s, 2H), 13.30 (br. s, 2H)。 聚合物實例3 聚合物3.化合物4與BPDA的聚合:Diamine-diamine monomer 2 (2 g, 2.41 mmol) (obtained by direct crystallization from the crude reaction mixture and recrystallization from propyl acetate), BPDA (0.689 g, 2.34 mmol) and N- Methylpyrrolidone (15.2 g) was mixed using a roller and allowed to react at ambient temperature until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 11620 cP. GPC: Mn=127781, Mw=300128, Mp=258512, Mz=496954, PDI=2.35. 1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 2.05 (br. s, 2H), 2.35 (br. s, 24H), 3.30 (br. s, 4H), 7.41-8.34 (m, 18H) , 10.89 (br. s, 2H), 13.30 (br. s, 2H). Polymer Example 3 Polymer 3. Polymerization of compound 4 and BPDA:

將二醯亞胺-二胺單體4 (6.70 g,7.84 mmol)、BPDA(2.237 g,7.60 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(50 ml)加入到250 ml玻璃反應器中,在氮氣氛下在環境溫度下攪拌該混合物,然後添加最終的PMDA(39 mg)直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為7890 cP。GPC:Mn = 88795, Mw = 175396, Mp = 168430, Mz = 282955, PDI = 1.98。1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 1.56 (br. s, 4H), 2.63 (br. s, 2H), 3.43 (br. s, 4H), 7.44-8.36 (m, 18H), 10.90 (br. s, 2H), 13.30 (br. s, 2H)。 聚合物實例4 聚合物4.化合物5與BPDA的聚合:Diamine-diamine monomer 4 (6.70 g, 7.84 mmol), BPDA (2.237 g, 7.60 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (50 ml) were added to a 250 ml glass reactor under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under atmosphere and then the final PMDA (39 mg) was added until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 7890 cP. GPC: Mn = 88795, Mw = 175396, Mp = 168430, Mz = 282955, PDI = 1.98. 1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 1.56 (br. s, 4H), 2.63 (br. s, 2H), 3.43 (br. s, 4H), 7.44-8.36 (m, 18H) , 10.90 (br. s, 2H), 13.30 (br. s, 2H). Polymer Example 4 Polymer 4. Polymerization of compound 5 and BPDA:

將二醯亞胺-二胺單體5 (6.71 g,7.87 mmol)、BPDA(2.246 g,7.63 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(50 ml)加入到250 ml玻璃反應器中,在氮氣氛下在環境溫度下攪拌該混合物,然後添加最終的PMDA(39 mg)直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為6033 cP。GPC:Mn = 93567, Mw = 184524, Mp = 178922, Mz = 297891, PDI = 1.97。1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d6 , 500 MHz): 3.49 (br. s, 4H), 3.59 (br. s, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 7.41-8.34 (m, 18H), 10.89 (br. s, 2H), 13.26 (br. s, 2H)。 聚合物實例5 聚合物5.化合物9與BPDA的聚合Diamine-diamine monomer 5 (6.71 g, 7.87 mmol), BPDA (2.246 g, 7.63 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (50 ml) were added to a 250 ml glass reactor under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature and then the final PMDA (39 mg) was added until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 6033 cP. GPC: Mn = 93567, Mw = 184524, Mp = 178922, Mz = 297891, PDI = 1.97. 1 H-NMR: (DMSO-d 6 , 500 MHz): 3.49 (br. s, 4H), 3.59 (br. s, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 7.41-8.34 (m, 18H), 10.89 (br. s, 2H), 13.26 (br. s, 2H). Polymer Example 5 Polymer 5. Polymerization of Compound 9 and BPDA

在惰性氣氛下將二醯亞胺-二胺單體9 (3 g,3.316 mmol)、BPDA(0.956 g,3.25 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(22.6 g)使用輥混合並允許在環境溫度下反應,然後添加PMDA(7 mg)直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為3135 cP。GPC:Mn= 106690, Mw= 240045, Mp= 210783, Mz= 420038, PDI=2.25。 聚合物實例6 聚合物6.化合物8與BPDA的聚合Mix diimide-diamine monomer 9 (3 g, 3.316 mmol), BPDA (0.956 g, 3.25 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (22.6 g) under an inert atmosphere using a roller and allow to temperature, then PMDA (7 mg) was added until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 3135 cP. GPC: Mn= 106690, Mw= 240045, Mp= 210783, Mz= 420038, PDI=2.25. Polymer Example 6 Polymer 6. Polymerization of Compound 8 and BPDA

在惰性氣氛下將二醯亞胺-二胺單體8 (2.572 g,3.157 mmol)、BPDA(0.91 g,3.093 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(19.8 g)使用輥混合並允許在環境溫度下反應,然後添加PMDA(10 mg)直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為7779 cP。GPC:Mn= 92903, Mw= 175925, Mp= 165061, Mz= 278182, PDI=1.89。 聚合物實例7 聚合物7.化合物11和12與氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐的聚合Mix diimide-diamine monomer 8 (2.572 g, 3.157 mmol), BPDA (0.91 g, 3.093 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (19.8 g) under an inert atmosphere using a roller and allow to temperature, then PMDA (10 mg) was added until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 7779 cP. GPC: Mn= 92903, Mw= 175925, Mp= 165061, Mz= 278182, PDI=1.89. Polymer Example 7 Polymer 7. Polymerization of Compounds 11 and 12 with Oxydiphthalic Anhydride

在惰性氣氛下將二醯亞胺-二胺單體11 (1.799 g,1.192 mmol)、二醯亞胺單體12 (0.171 g,0.199 mmol)、氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐(0.42 g,1.354 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(13.6 g)使用輥混合並允許在環境溫度下反應,然後添加氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐(10 mg)。GPC:Mn= 52301, Mw= 124710, Mp= 109452, Mz= 205698, PDI=2.38。 聚合物實例8 聚合物8.化合物15與BPDA的聚合Under an inert atmosphere, diimide-diamine monomer 11 (1.799 g, 1.192 mmol), diimide monomer 12 (0.171 g, 0.199 mmol), and oxydiphthalic anhydride (0.42 g, 1.354 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (13.6 g) were mixed using a roller and allowed to react at ambient temperature before adding oxydiphthalic anhydride (10 mg). GPC: Mn= 52301, Mw= 124710, Mp= 109452, Mz= 205698, PDI=2.38. Polymer Example 8 Polymer 8. Polymerization of Compound 15 and BPDA

將二醯亞胺-二胺單體15 (8.5 g,9.33 mmol)、BPDA(2.73 g,9.29 mmol)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(63.6 g)加入到250 ml玻璃反應器中,在氮氣氛下在環境溫度下攪拌該混合物直至聚醯胺酸的最終黏度為4339 cP。GPC:Mn = 104310, Mw = 234898, Mp = 222275, Mz = 378468, PDI = 2.25。 聚合物實例9 聚合物9:Diamine-diamine monomer 15 (8.5 g, 9.33 mmol), BPDA (2.73 g, 9.29 mmol) and N-methylpyrrolidone (63.6 g) were added to a 250 ml glass reactor under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until the final viscosity of the polyamide was 4339 cP. GPC: Mn = 104310, Mw = 234898, Mp = 222275, Mz = 378468, PDI = 2.25. Polymer Example 9 Polymer 9:

向裝配有氮氣入口和出口和機械攪拌器的250 mL反應燒瓶中裝入3.46 g TFMB(0.0108 mol),6.51 g化合物9(0.0072 mol)和88.58 g 1-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。將混合物在室溫下在氮氣下攪拌約30分鐘。然後,將3.64 g(0.009 mol)XFDA分批緩慢加入到攪拌的二胺溶液中,然後添加3.76 g(0.00846 mol)6FDA。在二酐加入完成後,並使用附加的9.84 g的NMP洗滌來自容器和反應燒瓶的壁的任何剩餘的二酐粉末。並且將所得混合物攪拌6天。 單獨地,製備6FDA於NMP中的5%溶液,並隨時間推移以少量(約0.8 g)加入以增加聚合物的分子量和聚合物溶液的黏度。使用博勒飛(Brookfield)錐板式黏度計以藉由從反應燒瓶中取出小樣品進行測試來監測溶液黏度。添加總計3.2 g的這種完成的溶液(0.16 g,0.00036 mol 6FDA)。在溫和攪拌下在室溫下進行反應過夜以允許聚合物平衡。 聚合物溶液的最終黏度係在25℃下1,100 cp。 聚合物實例10-14A 250 mL reaction flask equipped with a nitrogen inlet and outlet and a mechanical stirrer was charged with 3.46 g TFMB (0.0108 mol), 6.51 g compound 9 (0.0072 mol) and 88.58 g 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP). ). The mixture was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for about 30 minutes. Then, 3.64 g (0.009 mol) XFDA was slowly added into the stirred diamine solution in batches, followed by 3.76 g (0.00846 mol) 6FDA. After the dianhydride addition was complete, an additional 9.84 g of NMP was used to wash any remaining dianhydride powder from the walls of the vessel and reaction flask. And the resulting mixture was stirred for 6 days. Separately, a 5% solution of 6FDA in NMP was prepared and added in small amounts (approximately 0.8 g) over time to increase the molecular weight of the polymer and the viscosity of the polymer solution. Use a Brookfield cone and plate viscometer to monitor solution viscosity by testing small samples from the reaction flask. A total of 3.2 g of this completed solution (0.16 g, 0.00036 mol 6FDA) was added. The reaction was carried out overnight at room temperature with gentle stirring to allow the polymer to equilibrate. The final viscosity of the polymer solution was 1,100 cp at 25°C. Polymer Examples 10-14

使用類似於聚合物實例9的程序製備聚合物10-14。聚合物組成物在下表1中給出。Polymers 10-14 were prepared using procedures similar to Polymer Example 9. The polymer compositions are given in Table 1 below.

[表1].聚合物組成物 聚合物實例15 聚合物15.原位預亞胺化的二環辛烷四甲酸二酐與6FDA、BPDA的聚合。[Table 1].Polymer composition Polymer Example 15 Polymer 15. Polymerization of in-situ pre-imidized bicyclooctanetetracarboxylic dianhydride with 6FDA and BPDA.

將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(11.902 g,37.17 mmol)、二環[2.2.2]辛烷-2,3:5,6-四甲酸二酐(6.51 g,26.02 mmol)和20 ml N-甲基吡咯啶酮的混合物用迪安-斯達克裝置(Dean-Stark apparatus)在惰性氣氛下在180℃下加熱2.5小時。之後,在真空中蒸餾N-甲基吡咯啶酮。所得玻璃狀殘餘物的NMR光譜數據示出完全亞胺化。在150℃下將固體重新溶解在N-甲基吡咯啶酮中,轉移到玻璃反應器中並與3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四甲酸二酐BPDA(1.094 g,3.717 mmol)、4,4’-六氟異亞丙基雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐6FDA(2.808 g,6.32 mmol)在氮氣氛下在環境溫度下在總量129 g的N-甲基吡咯啶酮的情況下攪拌。之後添加附加量的6FDA(總共480m g,1.08 mmol)直至最終黏度為10430 cP。GPC:Mn = 88006, Mw = 205641, Mp = 201618, Mz = 335818, PDI = 2.34。 聚合物實例16 聚合物16. 原位預亞胺化的降莰烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α’-螺-2’’-降莰烷-5,5’’,6,6’’-四甲酸二酐(CpODA)與BPDA的聚合。2,2'-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (11.902 g, 37.17 mmol), bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-2,3:5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (6.51 g, 26.02 mmol) and 20 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone was heated at 180 °C for 2.5 h using a Dean-Stark apparatus under an inert atmosphere. Afterwards, N-methylpyrrolidone was distilled in vacuo. NMR spectral data of the resulting glassy residue showed complete imidization. The solid was redissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone at 150 °C, transferred to a glass reactor and mixed with 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride BPDA (1.094 g, 3.717 mmol ), 4,4'-hexafluoroisopropylidenebisphthalic dianhydride 6FDA (2.808 g, 6.32 mmol) in a total amount of 129 g of N-methylpyrrolidone at ambient temperature under nitrogen atmosphere Stir in case. Additional amounts of 6FDA (total 480 mg, 1.08 mmol) were then added until the final viscosity was 10430 cP. GPC: Mn = 88006, Mw = 205641, Mp = 201618, Mz = 335818, PDI = 2.34. Polymer Example 16 Polymer 16. In situ preiminated norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''- Polymerization of tetracarboxylic dianhydride (CpODA) and BPDA.

將2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(5.95 g,18.58 mmol)、降莰烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α’-螺-2’’-降莰烷-5,5’’,6,6’’-四甲酸二酐CpODA(5.0 g,13.08 mmol)和6 ml N-甲基吡咯啶酮用迪安-斯達克裝置在惰性氣氛下在180℃加熱3小時,然後添加6 ml N-甲基吡咯啶酮並加熱該混合物持續附加的3個小時。之後,在真空中蒸餾N-甲基吡咯啶酮。將固體重新溶解在N-甲基吡咯啶酮(71 g)中,轉移到玻璃反應器中並在環境溫度下在氮氣氛下與3,3’,4,4’-聯苯基四甲酸二酐BPDA(1.53 g,5.20 mmol)一起攪拌,然後添加均苯四甲酸二酐PMDA(62 mg),直至最終黏度為22860 cP。GPC:Mn = 80956, Mw = 188020, Mp = 169907, Mz = 313930, PDI = 2.32。 聚合物實例17 聚合物17.原位預亞胺化的二環辛烷四甲酸二酐與PMDA、BPDA的聚合。Combine 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (5.95 g, 18.58 mmol), norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane- 5,5'',6,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride CpODA (5.0 g, 13.08 mmol) and 6 ml N-methylpyrrolidone were heated at 180°C using a Dean-Stark apparatus under an inert atmosphere. 3 hours, then 6 ml of N-methylpyrrolidone were added and the mixture heated for an additional 3 hours. Afterwards, N-methylpyrrolidone was distilled in vacuo. The solid was redissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (71 g), transferred to a glass reactor and incubated with 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid diphosphate at ambient temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. The anhydride BPDA (1.53 g, 5.20 mmol) was stirred together, then pyromellitic dianhydride PMDA (62 mg) was added until the final viscosity was 22860 cP. GPC: Mn = 80956, Mw = 188020, Mp = 169907, Mz = 313930, PDI = 2.32. Polymer Example 17 Polymer 17. Polymerization of in-situ pre-imidized bicyclooctane tetracarboxylic dianhydride with PMDA and BPDA.

如上針對聚合物15所述製備聚合物17,不同之處在於使用PMDA代替6FDA。 聚合物實例18 聚合物18: Polymer 17 was prepared as described above for polymer 15, except that PMDA was used instead of 6FDA. Polymer Example 18 Polymer 18:

將二醯亞胺-二酐單體33 (2.485 g)、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(1.179 g)和N-甲基吡咯啶酮(20 g)溶解,在惰性氣氛下用輥混合,使其在環境溫度下反應,然後添加均苯四甲酸二酐(25 mg),直至最終黏度為7112 cP。GPC:Mn = 92432, Mw = 197099, Mp = 173514。Mz = 347413, PDI = 2.13 膜實例Dissolve diimide-dianhydride monomer 33 (2.485 g), 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine (1.179 g) and N-methylpyrrolidone (20 g) in an inert Mix at ambient temperature with a roller and allow to react at ambient temperature, then add pyromellitic dianhydride (25 mg) until the final viscosity is 7112 cP. GPC: Mn = 92432, Mw = 197099, Mp = 173514. Mz = 347413, PDI = 2.13 Membrane Example

該等實例說明了具有式IV的聚醯亞胺膜的製備。These examples illustrate the preparation of polyimide membranes of formula IV.

使用Hunter Lab分光光度計在350 nm-780 nm的波長範圍內測量b*和黃度指數以及透射率%(%T)。使用如適於在此報導的具體參數的熱重量分析和熱機械分析的組合以進行對膜的熱測量。使用來自英斯特朗公司(Instron)的設備測量機械特性。 膜實例1-7Measure b* and yellowness index as well as % transmittance (%T) using a Hunter Lab spectrophotometer over the wavelength range 350 nm-780 nm. Thermal measurements of the films were performed using a combination of thermogravimetric and thermomechanical analysis as appropriate for the specific parameters reported here. Mechanical properties were measured using equipment from Instron. Membrane Examples 1-7

上述聚醯胺酸用於製備具有式IV的聚醯亞胺膜。The polyamide acid described above is used to prepare a polyimide film of formula IV.

將聚醯胺酸溶液通過微過濾器過濾,旋塗在乾淨的矽晶圓上,在熱板上在90℃下軟烘,放入爐中。用氮氣吹掃爐並分階段加熱至最高固化溫度。將晶圓從爐中取出,浸泡在水中並手動分層以產生聚醯亞胺膜樣品。膜組成物在下表2中給出。膜特性在下面的表3中給出。The polyamide solution was filtered through a microfilter, spin-coated on a clean silicon wafer, soft-baked at 90°C on a hot plate, and placed in an oven. Purge the oven with nitrogen and heat in stages to the maximum solidification temperature. The wafers were removed from the furnace, soaked in water and manually layered to produce polyimide film samples. Membrane compositions are given in Table 2 below. Membrane properties are given in Table 3 below.

[表2].聚醯亞胺膜 [Table 2].Polyimide membrane

[表3].膜特性 [Table 3]. Membrane characteristics

霧度係以%計;Tg係以℃計;CTE係以ppm/℃計的第二掃描測量;Δη係633 nm處的雙折射率;Td係以℃計的溫度,在該溫度處發生1%重量損失;T.M.係以GPa計的拉伸模量;T.S.係以MPa計的拉伸強度;Elong係以%計的斷裂伸長率。Haze is in %; Tg is in °C; CTE is the second scan measurement in ppm/°C; Δη is the birefringence at 633 nm; Td is the temperature in °C at which 1 % weight loss; T.M. is the tensile modulus in GPa; T.S. is the tensile strength in MPa; Elong is the elongation at break in %.

從以上實例可以看出,使用預亞胺化的單體可以使用常規聚合技術得到高分子量聚合物。As can be seen from the above examples, the use of pre-imidized monomers can result in high molecular weight polymers using conventional polymerization techniques.

從表3中可以看出,由預亞胺化的含醯亞胺單體獲得的聚醯亞胺膜具有有益的特性,如降低的著色b*/黃色指數YI,增加的熱穩定性Td(1%),改善的機械特性和其他特性。 膜實例8-13As can be seen from Table 3, the polyimide film obtained from pre-imidized amide-imine-containing monomers has beneficial properties, such as reduced coloration b*/yellowness index YI, increased thermal stability Td ( 1%), improved mechanical and other properties. Membrane Examples 8-13

上述聚醯胺酸用於製備具有式IV的聚醯亞胺膜,如膜實例1-7中所述,膜實例9除外。在膜實例9中,膜在空氣中在最高溫度260℃下固化。The polyamides described above were used to prepare polyimide membranes of Formula IV as described in Membrane Examples 1-7, except Membrane Example 9. In Film Example 9, the film was cured in air at a maximum temperature of 260°C.

膜組成物在下表4中給出。膜特性在下面的表5中給出。The membrane compositions are given in Table 4 below. Membrane properties are given in Table 5 below.

[表4].聚醯亞胺膜 [Table 4].Polyimide membrane

[表5].膜特性 [Table 5]. Membrane characteristics

霧度係以%計;Tg係以℃計;CTE係以ppm/℃計的第二掃描測量;Td係以℃計的溫度,在該溫度處發生1%重量損失;T.M.係以GPa計的拉伸模量;T.S.係以MPa計的拉伸強度;Elong係以%計的斷裂伸長率。 膜實例15-17Haze is in %; Tg is in °C; CTE is the second scan measurement in ppm/°C; Td is the temperature in °C at which 1% weight loss occurs; T.M. is in GPa Tensile modulus; T.S. is the tensile strength in MPa; Elong is the elongation at break in %. Membrane Examples 15-17

該等實例說明了由原位預亞胺化的單體形成聚醯亞胺膜。These examples illustrate the formation of polyimide films from in situ pre-imidized monomers.

如膜實例1-7中所述製備聚醯亞胺膜。膜組成物在下表6中給出。膜特性在下面的表7中給出。Polyimide membranes were prepared as described in Membrane Examples 1-7. The membrane compositions are given in Table 6 below. Membrane properties are given in Table 7 below.

[表6].聚醯亞胺膜 [Table 6].Polyimide membrane

[表7].膜特性 [Table 7]. Membrane characteristics

霧度係以%計;Tg係以℃計;CTE係以ppm/℃計的第二掃描測量;Δη係633 nm處的雙折射率;Td係以℃計的溫度,在該溫度處發生1%重量損失;Haze is in %; Tg is in °C; CTE is the second scan measurement in ppm/°C; Δη is the birefringence at 633 nm; Td is the temperature in °C at which 1 % weight loss;

應注意的是,並不是所有的以上在一般性描述或實例中所描述的活動都是必需的,一部分具體活動可能不是必需的,並且除了所描述的那些以外,還可進行一個或多個其他活動。此外,所列舉的活動的順序不必係它們實施的順序。It should be noted that not all of the activities described above in the general description or examples are required, some specific activities may not be required, and one or more other activities may be performed in addition to those described. Activity. Furthermore, the order in which the activities are enumerated is not necessarily the order in which they are performed.

在前述說明書中,已參考具體實施方式描述了概念。然而,熟悉該項技術者理解,在不背離以下申請專利範圍中所規定的本發明範圍的情況下可作出各種修改和改變。因此,說明書和附圖應被認為係示例性的而非限制意義,並且所有的此類修改均旨在包括於本發明的範圍內。In the foregoing specification, concepts have been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, those skilled in the art understand that various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope of the invention as set forth in the following claims. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are to be regarded in an illustrative and not a restrictive sense, and all such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the invention.

上面已經關於具體實施方式描述了益處、其他優點和問題的解決方案。然而,益處、優點、問題的解決方案、以及可能引起任何益處、優點、或解決方案出現或使其變得更明顯的一個或多個任何特徵不會被解釋為任何或所有申請專利範圍的關鍵的、必要的或基本的特徵。Benefits, other advantages, and solutions to problems have been described above with respect to specific embodiments. However, benefits, advantages, solutions to problems, and any feature or features which may cause or render more apparent any benefit, advantage, or solution are not to be construed as being critical to the scope of any or all claims. essential, essential or essential characteristics.

要理解的是,為清楚起見,在單獨實施方式的背景下本文所述的某些特徵還可以以組合形式在單個實施方式中提供。相反地,為了簡潔起見,在單個實施方式的背景下所述的各個特徵也可以單獨地或以任何子組合提供。 在此處指定的各個範圍內的數值的使用表述為近似值,就像所述範圍內的最小值和最大值二者前面都有單詞「約」。以這種方式,可以使用高於和低於所述範圍的輕微變化來實現與該等範圍內的值基本上相同的結果。而且,該等範圍的揭露旨在作為包括在最小與最大平均值之間的每個值的連續範圍,包括當一個值的一些分量與不同值的分量混合時可產生的分數值。此外,當揭露更寬和更窄的範圍時,在本發明的期望內,使來自一個範圍的最小值與來自另一個範圍的最大值匹配,並且反之亦然。It is to be understood that, for clarity, certain features described herein in the context of separate implementations may also be provided in combination in a single implementation. Conversely, for the sake of brevity, various features that are described in the context of a single implementation may also be provided separately or in any sub-combination. The use of numerical values within each range specified herein are expressed as approximations as if both the minimum and maximum values within the stated range were preceded by the word "about." In this manner, slight variations above and below the stated ranges can be used to achieve substantially the same results as values within those ranges. Furthermore, such ranges are intended to be disclosed as a continuous range that includes every value between the minimum and maximum average values, including the fractional values that can result when components of one value are mixed with components of different values. Additionally, when wider and narrower ranges are disclosed, it is within the intent of this invention that the minimum value from one range be matched to the maximum value from the other range, and vice versa.

without

附圖中示出了實施方式,以提高對如在此提出的概念的理解。Embodiments are illustrated in the accompanying drawings to promote an understanding of the concepts as presented herein.

[圖1]包括可充當玻璃的柔性替代物的聚醯亞胺膜的一個實例之圖示。[Fig. 1] An illustration of an example including a polyimide film that can serve as a flexible substitute for glass.

[圖2]包括對包括玻璃的柔性替代物的電子裝置的一個實例之圖示。[Fig. 2] Includes an illustration of an example of an electronic device including a flexible alternative to glass.

熟練的技術人員應理解,圖中的物體係為了簡化和清楚而示出的,並且不一定按比例繪製。例如,圖中的一些物體的尺寸相對於其他物體可能有所放大,以幫助提高對實施方式的理解。Skilled artisans will understand that the objects in the figures are shown for simplicity and clarity and are not necessarily drawn to scale. For example, the dimensions of some objects in the figures may be exaggerated relative to other objects to help improve understanding of the embodiments.

without

Claims (4)

一種具有式I的二胺
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0107-1
其中Ra選自由3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四甲酸二酐(BPDA)的殘基、4,4’-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸酐(ODPA)的殘基,以及以下各式組成之群組:
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0107-3
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0108-4
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0108-5
R1在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:烷基、氟代烷基和矽基,其中相鄰的R1基團可以連接在一起形成雙鍵;R2和R3在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基;R5選自由以下各項組成之群組:H、鹵素、氰基、羥基、烷基、雜烷基、烷氧基、雜烷氧基、氟代烷基、矽基、烴芳基、取代的烴芳基、雜芳基、取代的雜芳基、乙烯基、和烯丙基;R6選自由以下各項組成之群組:鹵素、氰基、羥基、烷基、雜烷基、烷氧基、雜烷氧基、氟代烷基、矽基、烴芳基、取代的烴芳基、雜芳基、取代的雜芳基、乙烯基、和烯丙基;a係從0-6的整數;式A27中的b係從0-3的整數;式A8及A25中的c和d係相同或不同的,並且是從0-2的整數;f係從0-4的整數;且 *表示附接點;其中Rb表示具有式D1的二胺的殘基:
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0109-6
R10在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:氟代烷基和氟代烷氧基;R11在每次出現時是相同或不同的,並且選自由以下各項組成之群組:F、烷基、氟代烷基和矽基;式D1中b在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是從0-3的整數;式D1中c在每次出現時是相同或不同的並且是從0-2的整數;y係從0-2的整數;並且m係從1-20的整數。
A diamine having formula I
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0107-1
Where R a is selected from the residue of 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride (BPDA), the residue of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (ODPA), and the following Various groups:
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0107-3
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0108-4
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0108-5
R 1 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silyl, where adjacent R 1 groups may be linked together to form a double bond ; R 2 and R 3 are the same or different on each occurrence and are selected from the group consisting of: F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silyl; R 5 is selected from the group consisting of Groups: H, halogen, cyano, hydroxyl, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, fluoroalkyl, silyl, hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, Substituted heteroaryl, vinyl, and allyl; R6 is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, cyano, hydroxy, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, fluorine Substituted alkyl, silyl, hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, vinyl, and allyl; a is an integer from 0 to 6; b in formula A27 is an integer from 0 to 3; c and d in Formulas A8 and A25 are the same or different and are an integer from 0 to 2; f is an integer from 0 to 4; and * represents the attachment point; where R b Represents the residue of a diamine of formula D1:
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0109-6
R 10 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: fluoroalkyl and fluoroalkoxy; R 11 is the same or different on each occurrence and is selected from the group consisting of: fluoroalkyl and fluoroalkoxy; A group consisting of: F, alkyl, fluoroalkyl and silicone; b in formula D1 is the same or different each time it appears and is an integer from 0 to 3; c in formula D1 is Each occurrence is the same or different and is an integer from 0-2; y is an integer from 0-2; and m is an integer from 1-20.
如申請專利範圍第1項所述之二胺,其選自由以下各項組成之群組:
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0109-7
化合物6
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-8
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-9
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-10
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-11
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0111-12
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0111-13
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0111-14
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-15
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-16
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-17
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-18
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-19
For example, the diamine described in item 1 of the patent application scope is selected from the group consisting of the following:
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0109-7
Compound 6
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-8
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-9
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-10
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0110-11
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0111-12
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0111-13
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0111-14
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-15
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-16
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-17
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-18
and
Figure 108115972-A0305-02-0112-19
一種聚醯胺酸組成物,該聚醯胺酸組成物係一種或多種四羧酸組分與一種或多種二胺的反應產物,其中該等二胺包含1-100mol%的如請求項1所述之具有式I的二胺。 A polyamic acid composition, the polyamic acid composition is the reaction product of one or more tetracarboxylic acid components and one or more diamines, wherein the diamines include 1-100 mol% as claimed in claim 1 Diamines of formula I are described. 一種聚醯亞胺,該聚醯亞胺由如請求項3所述之聚醯胺酸的亞胺化產生。A polyamide produced by the imidization of polyamide acid as described in claim 3.
TW108115972A 2018-05-16 2019-05-09 Polymers for use in electronic devices TWI833752B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201862672272P 2018-05-16 2018-05-16
US62/672272 2018-05-16

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201946925A TW201946925A (en) 2019-12-16
TWI833752B true TWI833752B (en) 2024-03-01

Family

ID=68540818

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108115972A TWI833752B (en) 2018-05-16 2019-05-09 Polymers for use in electronic devices
TW112141991A TW202409041A (en) 2018-05-16 2019-05-09 Polymers for use in electronic devices

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112141991A TW202409041A (en) 2018-05-16 2019-05-09 Polymers for use in electronic devices

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20200144150A (en)
CN (1) CN112424204B (en)
TW (2) TWI833752B (en)
WO (1) WO2019222304A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111501125B (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-05-18 中国地质大学(北京) High-whiteness polyimide superfine fiber and preparation method and application thereof
JP7455475B2 (en) * 2020-05-19 2024-03-26 信越化学工業株式会社 Thermosetting maleimide resin composition, adhesives, substrate materials, primers, coating materials, and semiconductor devices using the same
WO2023219112A1 (en) * 2022-05-13 2023-11-16 日産化学株式会社 Novel diamine compound, polymer obtained using diamine, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN117229192A (en) * 2022-08-25 2023-12-15 江苏三月科技股份有限公司 Diphthalimide organic compound containing trifluoromethyl or perfluoro isopropyl and organic electroluminescent device containing the same

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0572537A (en) * 1991-07-16 1993-03-26 Sanyo Chem Ind Ltd Liquid crystal display device

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007169585A (en) * 2005-09-20 2007-07-05 Manac Inc Polyesterimide having low liner thermal expansion coefficient and precursor thereof, and method for producing them

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0572537A (en) * 1991-07-16 1993-03-26 Sanyo Chem Ind Ltd Liquid crystal display device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
期刊 Jonas E. et al. Small molecule screening for inhibitors of the YopH phosphatase of Yersinia pseudotuberculosis Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology Vol 954 01 January, 2012 page 357-363 *
期刊 Masatoshi H. et al. Environmentally Friendly Positive- and Negative-tone Photo-patterning Systems of Low-K and Low-CTE Polyimides Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology Vol 18 2005 page 307-312; *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20200144150A (en) 2020-12-28
WO2019222304A1 (en) 2019-11-21
CN112424204A (en) 2021-02-26
TW201946925A (en) 2019-12-16
CN112424204B (en) 2024-04-30
TW202409041A (en) 2024-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI833752B (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
US20210017335A1 (en) Polymers For Use In Electronic Devices
KR20200044979A (en) Low color polymer for use in electronic devices
KR20200026191A (en) Low Color Polymers for Flexible Substrates of Electronic Devices
KR20200030614A (en) Low color polymer for flexible substrates in electronic devices
TW202017899A (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
TWI813703B (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
JP7444851B2 (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
TW202007688A (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
TWI843741B (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
JP7505981B2 (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
TWI813704B (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
TWI832882B (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices
JP7491902B2 (en) Polymers for use in electronic devices